JP2010173104A - Binding implement - Google Patents

Binding implement Download PDF

Info

Publication number
JP2010173104A
JP2010173104A JP2009015742A JP2009015742A JP2010173104A JP 2010173104 A JP2010173104 A JP 2010173104A JP 2009015742 A JP2009015742 A JP 2009015742A JP 2009015742 A JP2009015742 A JP 2009015742A JP 2010173104 A JP2010173104 A JP 2010173104A
Authority
JP
Japan
Prior art keywords
binding
binding ring
ring
piece
binding member
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
JP2009015742A
Other languages
Japanese (ja)
Other versions
JP5022388B2 (en
Inventor
Kanji Tanaka
莞二 田中
Hiroshi Nakano
浩 中野
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Lihit Lab Inc
Original Assignee
Lihit Lab Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Lihit Lab Inc filed Critical Lihit Lab Inc
Priority to JP2009015742A priority Critical patent/JP5022388B2/en
Publication of JP2010173104A publication Critical patent/JP2010173104A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of JP5022388B2 publication Critical patent/JP5022388B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Landscapes

  • Sheet Holders (AREA)

Abstract

<P>PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a binding implement making a closed binding ring hard to come off. <P>SOLUTION: This binding implement includes an operation member 18 held movably in a holding member 16, when opening and closing the binding rings 12, 14; through-holes 26b, 28b for penetrating loosely binding members 12b, 14b with a space allow the binding members to move along directions locked with binding ring locking parts 50 of the binding members; a movement regulation part for regulating longitudinal directional movements of one operation piece and the other operation piece constituting the operation member 18 is formed of a regulation recess and a regulation protrusion formed in an abutting edge of the one operation piece and a regulation recess and a regulation protrusion formed in an abutting edge of the other operation piece; and the regulation recess of the one operation piece is formed into a length movable with the regulation protrusion of the other operation piece, to allow the other binding member to move along a direction coming off with the locked binding ring locking part of the binding member, when the binding ring is closed in the binding ring locking part. <P>COPYRIGHT: (C)2010,JPO&INPIT

Description

この発明は、綴具に関し、特にたとえば、リングバインダないしファイルとして用いられる綴具に関する。   The present invention relates to a binding tool, and more particularly to a binding tool used as, for example, a ring binder or a file.

この発明の背景となる従来の綴具として、国際公開第2008/093434号に開示された綴じ具がある。
この綴じ具は、綴じ環と、綴じ環を間隔をおいて設けることができる長さを備えた保持部材と、各綴じ環がその基部において間隔をおいてその表面に固定され、綴じ環が保持部材に固定されるように保持部材の内側に可動自在に固定された作動部材とを備えた、綴具であって、作動部材は、保持部材内で保持部材の長手方向に移動する一対の作動片からなり、一方の作動片には綴じ環の一方の基部が固定され、他方の作動片には綴じ環の他方の基部が固定され、綴じ環を開くときに、作動片を保持部材の長手方向に移動させるとともに、保持部材の内面に近づいた方向に保持されるように、綴じ環を開く方向に変化させる開閉部材を備える。
As a conventional binding tool as the background of the present invention, there is a binding tool disclosed in International Publication No. 2008/093434.
The binding tool includes a binding ring, a holding member having a length capable of providing the binding ring at intervals, and each binding ring fixed to the surface thereof at an interval at the base, and the binding ring is held. A binding device comprising an operating member movably fixed inside the holding member so as to be fixed to the member, wherein the operating member moves in the longitudinal direction of the holding member within the holding member. It consists of a piece, one base of the binding ring is fixed to one working piece, and the other base of the binding ring is fixed to the other working piece. An opening / closing member that moves in the direction and changes the direction in which the binding ring is opened so as to be held in a direction approaching the inner surface of the holding member is provided.

国際公開第2008/093434号International Publication No. 2008/093434

しかしながら、従来の綴じ具は、綴じ環を開閉するとき作動部材を円滑に作動させる必要があるので、綴杆に重量のある被綴じ物を綴じたとき、強い衝撃を加えられると被綴じ物の重みで、閉じられた綴杆の係止部が外れるおそれがある。特に、綴杆がDの字型の場合には、一方の側(右側)の綴杆にのみ書類等の被綴じ物が綴じられた状態となって、ファイル表紙をたてたときに、一方の側の綴杆がしなって綴杆の先端の係止部が外れ易く、また多くの被綴じ物を綴じ込むことが多いために、閉じられた綴杆の係止部が外れる可能性が高まる。   However, in the conventional binding tool, it is necessary to smoothly operate the operating member when opening and closing the binding ring. Therefore, when a heavy binding object is bound to the binding rod, if a strong impact is applied, There is a possibility that the locking portion of the closed staple is released due to the weight. In particular, when the binding is D-shaped, when a file cover is placed on a file cover, the binding object such as a document is bound only on one side (right side) of the binding. Because the binding on the side of the binding is easy to disengage, the engagement portion of the front end of the binding is likely to come off, and many objects to be bound are often bound. Rise.

それゆえに、この発明の主たる目的は、より閉じた綴じ環を外れにくくすることができる綴じ具を提供することである。   Therefore, a main object of the present invention is to provide a binding tool that can make it more difficult to remove a closed binding ring.

この発明の請求項1にかかる綴具は、開閉自在の一方の綴じ部材と他方の綴じ部材とを備えた綴じ環と、前記複数の綴じ環を間隔をおいて設けることができる長さを備えた保持部材と、表面側よりのびるように一方の綴じ部材と他方の綴じ部材とを別々に独立して固定された一対の作動片が、前記綴じ環を開閉するときに、保持部材内で、保持部材の長さ方向に移動自在に保持されるように形成された、作動部材と、前記作動部材に固定された開閉部材とを備えた、綴具であって、前記保持部材は、一方の綴じ部材と他方の綴じ部材とを間隔をおいて遊貫するための、一方の貫通孔と他方の貫通孔とが、一方の綴じ部材と、他方の綴じ部材とに対応して、保持部材の幅方向において間隔をおいて穿設され、前記綴じ環を綴じ環係止部において係止して閉じたときに、一方の貫通孔は、一方の綴じ部材の係止された綴じ環係止部が外れる方向に一方の綴じ部材が移動することを規制するように形成されるとともに、他方の貫通孔は、他方の綴じ部材の係止された綴じ環係止部が係止される方向に他方の綴じ部材が移動することを許容するように形成され、前記作動部材は、一方の作動片には綴じ環の一方の基部が固定され、他方の作動片には綴じ環の他方の基部が固定され、一方の作動片と他方の作動片とが、前記綴じ環を閉じたときに、一方の綴じ部材の綴じ環係止部と他方の綴じ環係止部とが係止されるように、その突き合わせ縁が突き合わせた状態において、保持部材に固定され、一方の作動片及び他方の作動片は、一方の作動片及び他方の作動片の長さ方向への移動を規制する移動規制部が形成され、前記移動規制部は、一方の作動片の突き合わせ縁に形成された規制凹部及び規制凸部と、他方の作動片の突き合わせ縁に形成された規制凹部及び規制凸部とから形成され、綴じ環を綴じ環係止部において閉じたとき、一方の作動片の規制凹部は、綴じ部材の係止された綴じ環係止部が外れる方向に他方の綴じ部材が移動することを許容するように、他方の作動片の規制凸部の移動を許容できる長さに形成された、綴具である。
この発明の請求項2に記載の綴具は、一方の貫通孔の手前側縁と他方の貫通孔の手前側縁とは、保持部材の長さ方向における位置が変化づけられ、一方の貫通孔の手前側縁の方が他方の貫通孔の手前側縁より向こう側に位置づけられた、請求項1に記載の綴具である。
この発明の請求項3に記載の綴具は、規制凹部は、突き合わせ縁より幅方向において凹んだ平面視コ字型の欠きであり、規制凸部は、前記規制凹部と遊嵌するように形成された平面視コ字型の凸起であり、規制凹部に規制凸部が遊嵌されて、規制凹部内において一方の作動片と他方の作動片とがその長さ方向に互い違いに移動するように形成されている、請求項1又は請求項2に記載の綴具である。
この発明の請求項4に記載の綴具は、綴じ環が閉じられているときに、綴じ環をねじられて綴じ環が開かれるときには、一方の綴じ部材が綴じ環係止部の係合を外す側である手前側に移動するともに他方の綴じ部材が綴じ環係止部の係合を外す側である向こう側に移動するために、一方の綴じ部材を貫挿された一方の貫通孔は、一方の綴じ部材の移動を許容するように形成され、他方の綴じ部材を貫挿された他方の貫通孔は、他方の綴じ部材の移動を許容するように形成され、且つ、移動規制部は、一方の綴じ部材の移動を許容するように形成され、他方の綴じ部材の移動を許容するように形成されるとともに、綴じ環に被綴じ物による一方の綴じ部材の綴じ環係止部の係合を外す方向にのみ過負荷がかかったときには、一方の綴じ部材を貫挿された一方の貫通孔は、一方の綴じ部材の綴じ環係止部の係合を外す側に移動した一方の綴じ部材の移動を停止するように形成され、他方の綴じ部材を貫挿された他方の貫通孔は、他方の綴じ部材が停止した一方の綴じ部材に向けて更に移動することを許容するように形成され、且つ、移動規制部は、一方の綴じ部材の綴じ環係止部の係合を外す側に移動した一方の綴じ部材に向けて、他方の綴じ部材が更に移動することを許容するように形成されている、請求項1ないし請求項3のいずれかに記載の綴具である。
A binding device according to a first aspect of the present invention includes a binding ring including one binding member that can be freely opened and closed and the other binding member, and a length that allows the plurality of binding rings to be provided at intervals. When the pair of operation pieces, which are separately fixed to the holding member and the one binding member and the other binding member so as to extend from the surface side, open and close the binding ring, in the holding member, A binding tool comprising an operating member formed to be movable in the length direction of the holding member and an opening / closing member fixed to the operating member, wherein the holding member is One through-hole and the other through-hole for allowing the binding member and the other binding member to pass through with a gap therebetween correspond to the one binding member and the other binding member. In the width direction, it is drilled at intervals, and the binding ring is When stopped and closed, one through hole is formed so as to restrict one binding member from moving in a direction in which the binding ring locking portion locked by one binding member is released, The other through hole is formed so as to allow the other binding member to move in a direction in which the binding ring locking portion locked on the other binding member is locked, One base of the binding ring is fixed to the operating piece, the other base of the binding ring is fixed to the other operating piece, and when one operating piece and the other operating piece close the binding ring, , In a state where the butting edges are butted so that the binding ring locking portion of one binding member and the other binding ring locking portion of the binding member are locked, The operating piece regulates the movement of one operating piece and the other operating piece in the length direction. A movement restricting portion is formed, and the movement restricting portion includes a restricting concave portion and a restricting convex portion formed at a butt edge of one working piece, and a restricting concave portion and a restricting convex portion formed at a butt edge of the other actuating piece. When the binding ring is closed at the binding ring locking portion, the regulating recess of one of the operating pieces is moved by the other binding member in a direction in which the binding ring locking portion locked by the binding member is released. The binding tool is formed to a length that allows the movement of the restricting convex portion of the other working piece.
In the binding device according to claim 2 of the present invention, the position of the front side edge of one through hole and the front side edge of the other through hole is changed in the length direction of the holding member, and the one through hole is changed. The binding device according to claim 1, wherein the front side edge is positioned on the far side from the front side edge of the other through hole.
According to a third aspect of the present invention, the restriction recess is a U-shaped notch that is recessed in the width direction from the butt edge, and the restriction protrusion is formed so as to be loosely fitted to the restriction recess. The projection is a U-shaped projection in plan view, and the regulation projection is loosely fitted in the regulation recess, so that the one operation piece and the other operation piece move alternately in the length direction in the regulation recess. It is a binding tool of Claim 1 or Claim 2 currently formed.
According to a fourth aspect of the present invention, when the binding ring is twisted and the binding ring is opened when the binding ring is closed, one binding member engages the binding ring locking portion. In order for the other binding member to move to the front side which is the removal side and the other binding member to move to the other side which is the side from which the engagement of the binding ring locking portion is disengaged, one through hole inserted through one binding member is The other binding hole formed to allow movement of one binding member, the other through-hole inserted through the other binding member is formed to allow movement of the other binding member, and the movement restricting portion is The binding member is formed so as to allow movement of one binding member, and is formed so as to allow movement of the other binding member, and the binding ring engaging portion of one binding member by the binding object is connected to the binding ring. If an overload is applied only in the direction of The one through hole formed is formed so as to stop the movement of one binding member that has moved to the side where the engagement of the binding ring locking portion of one binding member is disengaged, and the other binding member is inserted therethrough. The other through hole is formed so as to allow the other binding member to move further toward the one binding member that has stopped, and the movement restricting portion of the binding ring locking portion of the one binding member. The binding device according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the binding device is formed so as to allow the other binding member to move further toward the one binding member moved to the disengagement side. It is.

この発明によれば、開閉自在の一方の綴じ部材と他方の綴じ部材とを備えた綴じ環と、前記複数の綴じ環を間隔をおいて設けることができる長さを備えた保持部材と、表面側よりのびるように一方の綴じ部材と他方の綴じ部材とを別々に独立して固定された一対の作動片が、前記綴じ環を開閉するときに、保持部材内で、保持部材の長さ方向に移動自在に保持されるように形成された、作動部材と、前記作動部材に固定された開閉部材とを備えた、綴具であって、前記保持部材は、一方の綴じ部材と他方の綴じ部材とを間隔をおいて遊貫するための、一方の貫通孔と他方の貫通孔とが、一方の綴じ部材と、他方の綴じ部材とに対応して、保持部材の幅方向において間隔をおいて穿設され、前記綴じ環を綴じ環係止部において係止して閉じたときに、一方の貫通孔は、一方の綴じ部材の係止された綴じ環係止部が外れる方向に一方の綴じ部材が移動することを規制するように形成されるとともに、他方の貫通孔は、他方の綴じ部材の係止された綴じ環係止部が係止される方向に他方の綴じ部材が移動することを許容するように形成され、前記作動部材は、一方の作動片には綴じ環の一方の基部が固定され、他方の作動片には綴じ環の他方の基部が固定され、一方の作動片と他方の作動片とが、前記綴じ環を閉じたときに、一方の綴じ部材の綴じ環係止部と他方の綴じ環係止部とが係止されるように、その突き合わせ縁が突き合わせた状態において、保持部材に固定され、一方の作動片及び他方の作動片は、一方の作動片及び他方の作動片の長さ方向への移動を規制する移動規制部が形成され、前記移動規制部は、一方の作動片の突き合わせ縁に形成された規制凹部及び規制凸部と、他方の作動片の突き合わせ縁に形成された規制凹部及び規制凸部とから形成され、綴じ環を綴じ環係止部において閉じたとき、一方の作動片の規制凹部は、綴じ部材の係止された綴じ環係止部が外れる方向に他方の綴じ部材が移動することを許容するように、他方の作動片の規制凸部の移動を許容できる長さに形成されているので、より閉じた綴じ環を外れにくくすることができる綴じ具を提供することができる。
請求項2の発明によれば、一方の貫通孔の手前側縁と他方の貫通孔の手前側縁とは、保持部材の長さ方向における位置が変化づけられ、一方の貫通孔の手前側縁の方が他方の貫通孔の手前側縁より向こう側に位置づけられているので、綴じ環を構成する一方の綴じ部材の綴じ環係止部に対し他方の綴じ部材の綴じ環係止部が食い込むことを可能ならしめて、より閉じた綴じ環を不意に外れることを防ぐことができる。
請求項3の発明によれば、規制凹部は、突き合わせ縁より幅方向において凹んだ平面視コ字型の欠きであり、規制凸部は、前記規制凹部と遊嵌するように形成された平面視コ字型の凸起であり、規制凹部に規制凸部が遊嵌されて、規制凹部内において一方の作動片と他方の作動片とがその長さ方向に互い違いに移動するように形成されているので、綴じ環を構成する一方の綴じ部材の綴じ環係止部に対し他方の綴じ部材の綴じ環係止部が食い込むことを可能ならしめて、より閉じた綴じ環を不意に外れることを防ぐことができる。
請求項4の発明によれば、綴じ環が閉じられているときに、綴じ環をねじられて綴じ環が開かれるときには、一方の綴じ部材が綴じ環係止部の係合を外す側である手前側に移動するともに他方の綴じ部材が綴じ環係止部の係合を外す側である向こう側に移動するために、一方の綴じ部材を貫挿された一方の貫通孔は、一方の綴じ部材の移動を許容するように形成され、他方の綴じ部材を貫挿された他方の貫通孔は、他方の綴じ部材の移動を許容するように形成され、且つ、移動規制部は、一方の綴じ部材の移動を許容するように形成され、他方の綴じ部材の移動を許容するように形成されるとともに、綴じ環に被綴じ物による一方の綴じ部材の綴じ環係止部の係合を外す方向にのみ過負荷がかかったときには、一方の綴じ部材を貫挿された一方の貫通孔は、一方の綴じ部材の綴じ環係止部の係合を外す側に移動した一方の綴じ部材の移動を停止するように形成され、他方の綴じ部材を貫挿された他方の貫通孔は、他方の綴じ部材が停止した一方の綴じ部材に向けて更に移動することを許容するように形成され、且つ、移動規制部は、一方の綴じ部材の綴じ環係止部の係合を外す側に移動した一方の綴じ部材に向けて、他方の綴じ部材が更に移動することを許容するように形成されているので、一方の作動片と他方の作動片とが、突き合わせ縁にて突き合わせた状態において、確実に且つ円滑に移動されるとともに綴じ環の開閉を行うことができる。
According to the present invention, a binding ring provided with one binding member that can be freely opened and closed and the other binding member, a holding member having a length capable of providing the plurality of binding rings at intervals, and a surface When the pair of operating pieces, which are separately fixed to the one binding member and the other binding member so as to extend from the side, open and close the binding ring, the length direction of the holding member is within the holding member. A binding device comprising an actuating member formed so as to be movably held by the actuator, and an opening / closing member fixed to the actuating member, wherein the holding member comprises one binding member and the other binding member. One through-hole and the other through-hole for allowing the members to loosely pass through the member are spaced apart from each other in the width direction of the holding member corresponding to the one binding member and the other binding member. The binding ring is locked at the binding ring locking portion and closed. The one through hole is formed so as to restrict the movement of one binding member in the direction in which the binding ring locking portion locked by one binding member is removed, and the other through hole is The other binding member is formed to allow the other binding member to move in a direction in which the binding ring locking portion locked by the other binding member is locked, and the operating member is attached to one operating piece. One base of the binding ring is fixed, the other base of the binding ring is fixed to the other operating piece, and when the one operating piece and the other operating piece close the binding ring, In a state in which the butting edge is butted so that the binding ring locking portion and the other binding ring locking portion are locked, the one operating piece and the other operating piece are fixed to the holding member. A movement restricting part that restricts the movement of the working piece and the other working piece in the length direction is formed. The movement restricting portion is formed of a restricting recess and a restricting convex portion formed at the butting edge of one working piece, and a restricting recess and a restricting convex portion formed at the butting edge of the other actuating piece, and is bound. When the ring is closed at the binding ring locking portion, the restriction recess of one of the operating pieces allows the other binding member to move in a direction in which the binding ring locking portion locked by the binding member is released. Since the length of the restricting convex portion of the other working piece is allowed to move, it is possible to provide a binding tool that can make it more difficult to remove the closed binding ring.
According to the invention of claim 2, the position of the front side edge of the one through hole and the front side edge of the other through hole in the length direction of the holding member is changed, and the front side edge of the one through hole is changed. Is positioned on the far side of the front side edge of the other through-hole, so that the binding ring locking portion of the other binding member bites into the binding ring locking portion of one binding member constituting the binding ring. This makes it possible to prevent unexpected closure of the more closed binding ring.
According to the invention of claim 3, the restriction recess is a U-shaped notch in a plan view that is recessed in the width direction from the butt edge, and the restriction protrusion is formed so as to be loosely fitted to the restriction recess. It is a U-shaped protrusion, and is formed so that the regulation projection is loosely fitted in the regulation recess, and one working piece and the other working piece move alternately in the length direction in the regulation recess. Therefore, the binding ring locking portion of the other binding member can bite into the binding ring locking portion of the one binding member constituting the binding ring, thereby preventing the more closed binding ring from being unexpectedly detached. be able to.
According to the invention of claim 4, when the binding ring is twisted and the binding ring is opened when the binding ring is closed, one binding member is a side on which the engagement of the binding ring locking portion is disengaged. In order to move to the front side and the other binding member to move to the other side, which is the side from which the binding ring engaging portion is disengaged, one through hole inserted through one binding member is The other through hole formed so as to allow the movement of the member and inserted through the other binding member is formed to allow the movement of the other binding member, and the movement restricting portion includes the one binding. A direction formed so as to allow movement of the member, to allow movement of the other binding member, and to disengage the binding ring engaging portion of one binding member by the binding object from the binding ring When an overload is applied only to one of the binding members, The through hole of the one binding member is formed so as to stop the movement of one binding member that has moved to the side where the engagement of the binding ring locking portion of one binding member is disengaged, and the other penetration member inserted through the other binding member The hole is formed to allow the other binding member to further move toward the one binding member that has stopped, and the movement restricting portion engages the binding ring locking portion of the one binding member. Since it is formed to allow the other binding member to move further toward the one binding member that has moved to the removal side, the one operating piece and the other operating piece abut at the butt edge. In this state, the binding ring can be reliably and smoothly moved and the binding ring can be opened and closed.

この発明の上述の目的、その他の目的、特徴および利点は、図面を参照して行う以下の発明を実施するための最良の形態の説明から一層明らかとなろう。   The above-described object, other objects, features, and advantages of the present invention will become more apparent from the following description of the best mode for carrying out the invention with reference to the drawings.

本発明にかかる一実施の形態である綴具を用いたファイルを示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the file using the binding tool which is one Embodiment concerning this invention. 本発明にかかる一実施の形態である綴具の一例を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows an example of the binding tool which is one Embodiment concerning this invention. 保持部材の斜視図である。It is a perspective view of a holding member. 作動部材及び開閉部材の斜視図解図である。It is a perspective view solution figure of an operation member and an opening-and-closing member. 開閉部材の平面図である。It is a top view of an opening-and-closing member. 開閉部材の側面図解図で、(A)は元の状態の側面図解図で(B)(C)は巻線部の円周方向に力を加えた状態の側面図解図である。It is a side view solution figure of an opening-and-closing member, (A) is a side view solution figure of the original state, (B) (C) is a side view solution figure of the state where force was applied to the circumference direction of a coil part. 閉じた状態における綴じ環と作動部材を示す平面図解図である。It is a top view solution figure which shows the binding ring and the action | operation member in the closed state. 閉じた状態における綴じ環と作動部材を示す左側図解図である。It is a left side solution figure which shows the binding ring and the operation member in the closed state. 閉じた状態における綴じ環と作動部材を示す正面図解図である。It is a front illustration solution figure which shows the binding ring and the action | operation member in the closed state. 閉じた状態における綴じ環と作動部材を示す底面図解図である。It is a bottom view solution figure showing a binding ring and an operation member in a closed state. 綴じ環と綴杆部材の貫通孔との関係を示す平面図解図である。It is a top view solution figure which shows the relationship between a binding ring and the through-hole of a binding member. 閉じた状態における綴具の平面図解図である。It is a top view solution figure of the binding tool in the closed state. 閉じた状態における綴具の底面図である。It is a bottom view of the binding tool in the closed state. 閉じた状態における綴具の横断面図であり、(A)は、図9A−A断面図であり、(B)は、概略を示した図9B−B断面図である。9A is a cross-sectional view of the binding device in a closed state, FIG. 9A is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 9A-A, and FIG. 9B is a schematic cross-sectional view of FIG. 9B-B. 綴じ環を開く状態を示す綴具の底面図である。It is a bottom view of a binding tool which shows the state which opens a binding ring. 綴じ環を開く状態を示す綴具の綴じ環の図解図である。It is an illustration figure of the binding ring of the binding tool which shows the state which opens a binding ring. 開いた状態における綴具の平面図解図である。It is a top view solution figure of the binding tool in the open state. 開く状態を示す綴具の底面図解図であり、(A)は、ほぼ開いた綴具の底面図解図であり、(B)は、開き終わった底面図解図である。It is a bottom view solution figure of a binding tool which shows an open state, (A) is a bottom view solution figure of a binding tool which has almost opened, and (B) is a bottom view solution figure which has finished opening. 開いた状態における綴具の横断面図であり、(A)は、図14A−A断面図であり、(B)は、概略を示した図14B−B断面図である。14A and 14B are cross-sectional views of the binding device in an open state, FIG. 14A is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 14A, and FIG. 14B is a schematic cross-sectional view of FIG. 綴じ環の係止部を示す図解図であり、(A)は、平面図解図であり、(B)は、(A)のA−A断面図解図であり、(C)は、正面図解図である。It is an illustration figure which shows the latching | locking part of a binding ring, (A) is a top view solution figure, (B) is an AA cross-section solution figure of (A), (C) is a front view solution figure. It is. 綴じ環の係止部を示す図解図であり、(A)は、側面図解図であり、(B)は、(A)のB−B断面図解図である。It is an illustration figure which shows the latching | locking part of a binding ring, (A) is a side view solution figure, (B) is a BB cross-section solution figure of (A). 綴じ環を綴じる状態を示す綴じ環の図解図であり、(A)は、平面図解図であり、(B)は、正面図解図である。It is an illustration figure of a binding ring which shows the state which binds a binding ring, (A) is a top illustration solution figure, (B) is a front illustration solution figure. 綴じ環を綴じる状態を示す綴じ環の図解図であり、(A)は、平面図解図であり、(B)は、正面図解図である。It is an illustration figure of a binding ring which shows the state which binds a binding ring, (A) is a top illustration solution figure, (B) is a front illustration solution figure. 綴じ環を綴じる状態を示す綴じ環の図解図であり、(A)は、平面図解図であり、(B)は、正面図解図である。It is an illustration figure of a binding ring which shows the state which binds a binding ring, (A) is a top illustration solution figure, (B) is a front illustration solution figure. 綴じ環を綴じる状態を示す綴じ環の図解図であり、(A)は、平面図解図であり、(B)は、正面図解図である。It is an illustration figure of a binding ring which shows the state which binds a binding ring, (A) is a top illustration solution figure, (B) is a front illustration solution figure. 保持部材の形成方法を示す図解図であり、(A)は保持部材の側面図解図であり、(B)は底面図解図である。It is an illustration figure which shows the formation method of a holding member, (A) is a side view solution figure of a holding member, (B) is a bottom view solution figure. 保持部材の形成方法を示す底面図解図である。It is a bottom view solution figure which shows the formation method of a holding member. 保持部材の変形例の形成方法を示す底面図解図である。It is a bottom view solution figure which shows the formation method of the modification of a holding member. 図24A方向矢視図である。FIG. 24A is a view in the direction of the arrow. 作動部材の変形例を示す底面図解図である。It is a bottom view solution figure which shows the modification of an action | operation member. 作動部材の変形例を示す断面図解図である。It is sectional drawing solution figure which shows the modification of an operation member. 表紙を閉じた状態における斜視図解図である。It is a perspective view solution figure in the state where the cover was closed. 表紙を閉じた状態における側面図解図である。It is a side view solution figure in the state where the cover was closed. 表紙を閉じた状態における横断図解図である。It is a cross-sectional solution figure in the state which closed the cover. 綴じ環の変形例を示す図解図であり、(A)は平面図解図であり、(B)は正面図解図である。It is an illustration figure which shows the modification of a binding ring, (A) is a top view solution figure, (B) is a front view solution figure. 別の実施の形態である綴具の一例を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows an example of the binding tool which is another embodiment. 別の実施の形態である綴具の一例を示す平面図である。It is a top view which shows an example of the binding tool which is another embodiment. 図32図示綴具の全体の底面図である。It is a bottom view of the whole binding tool shown in FIG. (A)(B)は図34の一部を拡大した底面図である。(A) and (B) are the bottom views which expanded a part of FIG. (A)は図32図示綴具の側面図であり、(B)は図32図示綴具の綴じ環の断面図である。(A) is a side view of the binding tool shown in FIG. 32, and (B) is a cross-sectional view of the binding ring of the binding tool shown in FIG. 別の実施の形態である綴具の一例を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows an example of the binding tool which is another embodiment. 別の実施の形態である綴具の一例を示す平面図である。It is a top view which shows an example of the binding tool which is another embodiment. 図37図示綴具の全体の底面図である。It is a bottom view of the whole binding tool shown in FIG. (A)(B)は図39の一部を拡大した底面図である。(A) (B) is the bottom view to which a part of FIG. 39 was expanded. (A)は図37図示綴具の側面図であり、(B)は図37図示綴具の綴じ環の断面図である。(A) is a side view of the binding tool shown in FIG. 37, and (B) is a sectional view of the binding ring of the binding tool shown in FIG. 閉じた状態における綴具の底面図である。It is a bottom view of the binding tool in the closed state. 閉じた状態における綴具の横断面図であり、(A)は、図9A−A断面図である。It is a cross-sectional view of the binding device in the closed state, and (A) is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 9A-A. 綴じ環を開く状態を示す綴具の綴じ環の図解図である。It is an illustration figure of the binding ring of the binding tool which shows the state which opens a binding ring. 開く状態を示す綴具の底面図解図である。It is a bottom view solution figure of the binding tool which shows the open state. 開いた状態における綴具の横断面図であり、(A)は、図14A−A断面図である。It is a cross-sectional view of the binding device in the open state, and (A) is a cross-sectional view of FIGS. 綴じ環の係止部を示す図解図であり、(A)は、平面図解図であり、(B)は、斜視図解図である。It is an illustration figure which shows the latching | locking part of a binding ring, (A) is a top view solution figure, (B) is a perspective view solution figure. 綴じ環の係止部を示す図解図であり、(A)は、図15A方向図解図であり、(B)は、(A)のI方向矢視図解図であり、(C)は、(A)のII方向矢視図解図であり、(D)は、図15B方向図解図であり、(E)は、(D)のIII方向矢視図解図であり、(F)は、(D)のIV方向矢視図解図である。It is an illustration figure which shows the latching | locking part of a binding ring, (A) is an illustration figure direction of FIG. 15A, (B) is an I direction arrow illustration solution figure of (A), (C) is ( FIG. 15A is an illustrative view taken along the direction of arrow II in FIG. 15A, FIG. 15D is an illustrative view taken in the direction of arrow B in FIG. 15E, FIG. ) Is a schematic illustration in the direction of arrow IV. 綴じ環を開いた状態における図解図であり、(A)は、平面図解図であり、(B)は、綴じ環の係合部の近傍の平面図解図である。It is an illustration figure in the state which opened the binding ring, (A) is a top illustration figure, (B) is a plan illustration figure of the vicinity of the engaging part of a binding ring. 綴じ環を閉じ始めた状態における図解図であり、(A)は、平面図解図であり、(B)は、綴じ環の係合部の近傍の平面図解図である。It is an illustration figure in the state which started closing the binding ring, (A) is a top view illustration figure, (B) is a plan view illustration figure of the vicinity of the engaging part of a binding ring. 綴じ環を開き始めた状態における図解図であり、(A)は、平面図解図であり、(B)は、綴じ環の係合部の近傍の平面図解図である。It is an illustration figure in the state which has begun to open a binding ring, (A) is a top illustration figure, (B) is a plan illustration figure of the vicinity of the engaging part of a binding ring. 綴じ環を閉じた状態における図解図であり、(A)は、平面図解図であり、(B)は、綴じ環の係合部の近傍の平面図解図である。It is an illustration figure in the state where the binding ring was closed, (A) is a top view solution figure, and (B) is a top view solution figure near the engaging part of a binding ring. この発明にかかる綴具の説明図である。It is explanatory drawing of the binding tool concerning this invention. この発明にかかる綴具を用いたノートの説明図である。It is explanatory drawing of the notebook using the binding tool concerning this invention.

この発明にかかる実施の形態である2穴真円型リング綴具について説明する。
図1は、本発明にかかる一実施の形態である綴具を用いたファイルを示す斜視図である。図2は、本発明にかかる一実施の形態である綴具の一例を示す斜視図であり、図3は、保持部材の斜視図である。図4は、作動部材及び開閉部材の斜視図解図である。図5は、開閉部材の平面図である。図6は、開閉部材の側面図解図で、(A)は元の状態の側面図解図で(B)(C)は巻線部の円周方向に力を加えた状態の側面図解図である。図7Aは、閉じた状態における綴じ環と作動部材を示す平面図解図であり、図7Bは、閉じた状態における綴じ環と作動部材を示す左側図解図であり、図7C閉じた状態における綴じ環と作動部材を示す正面図解図であり、図7Dは、閉じた状態における綴じ環と作動部材を示す底面図解図である。図8は、閉じた状態における綴具の平面図である。図9は、閉じた状態における綴具の底面図である。図10は、閉じた状態における綴具の横断面図であり、(A)は、図9A−A断面図であり、(B)は、図9B−B断面図である。図11は、綴じ環を開く状態を示す綴具の底面図である。図12は、綴じ環を開く状態を示す綴具の綴じ環の図解図である。
A two-hole perfect circle type ring binding device according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described.
FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a file using a binding device according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing an example of a binding device according to an embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 3 is a perspective view of a holding member. FIG. 4 is a perspective view illustrating an operation member and an opening / closing member. FIG. 5 is a plan view of the opening / closing member. 6A and 6B are side views of the opening and closing member, FIG. 6A is a side view of the original state, and FIGS. 6B and 6C are side views of a state where force is applied in the circumferential direction of the winding portion. . 7A is a plan view illustrating the binding ring and the operating member in the closed state, and FIG. 7B is a left side schematic view illustrating the binding ring and the operating member in the closed state. FIG. 7C is a binding ring in the closed state. FIG. 7D is a bottom view illustrating the binding ring and the operating member in a closed state. FIG. 8 is a plan view of the binding device in a closed state. FIG. 9 is a bottom view of the binding device in a closed state. 10 is a cross-sectional view of the binding device in a closed state, (A) is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 9A-A, and (B) is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 9B-B. FIG. 11 is a bottom view of the binding device showing a state in which the binding ring is opened. FIG. 12 is an illustrative view of a binding ring of a binding device showing a state in which the binding ring is opened.

図1ないし2に示す綴具10は、厚紙その他の比較的硬質なシート材からなる表紙COの略中央に形成される左右一対の折り線の内側の背表紙の内側表面に固定される。固定する方法としては、綴具10の長手方向の両端に形成された取付孔20(後に詳述する)にボルトとナットやはとめ等の固着具を挿通させて、背表紙と一体となるように固定する方法がある。
なお、ここでは、固着具として、ボルトとナットを用いて説明するが、これに限ることなく、例えば、ビス、はとめ、リベット等を用いてもよい。
The binding device 10 shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 is fixed to the inner surface of a spine cover inside a pair of left and right fold lines formed at the approximate center of a cover sheet CO made of cardboard or other relatively hard sheet material. As a fixing method, a fixing tool such as a bolt, a nut, and a fitting is inserted into mounting holes 20 (described in detail later) formed at both ends in the longitudinal direction of the binding tool 10 so as to be integrated with the back cover. There is a way to fix.
In addition, although demonstrated using a volt | bolt and a nut as a fixing tool here, it is not restricted to this, For example, you may use a screw, a fitting, a rivet, etc.

表紙COに綴具10を固定したファイル・バインダ300の表紙310は、綴具10の保持部材を固定する背表紙316と、前記背表紙316の両端に、開閉自在に延設された表表紙312及び裏表紙314とを備え、図28ないし30に示すように、表表紙312と裏表紙314が背表紙316に対して立設状態となるように連設されている。
そして、表表紙312及び裏表紙314は、背表紙316寄りに開閉用の薄肉ヒンジ部318A,318Bが設けられている。
この明細書においては、表表紙312側をA側といい、裏表紙314側をB側という。
A cover 310 of the file binder 300 with the binding device 10 fixed to the cover CO includes a back cover 316 that fixes a holding member of the binding device 10 and a front cover 312 that extends freely at both ends of the spine cover 316. 28 and 30, the front cover 312 and the back cover 314 are continuously provided so as to stand up with respect to the spine 316.
The front cover 312 and the back cover 314 are provided with thin hinge portions 318A and 318B for opening and closing near the spine 316.
In this specification, the front cover 312 side is referred to as the A side, and the back cover 314 side is referred to as the B side.

綴具10は、正面視略Dの字の環状の綴じ環を構成する一対のそれぞれ略Dの字環状の金属製の向こう側の第1の綴じ環12および第1の綴じ環12と一対の手前側の第2の綴じ環14と、前記第1の綴じ環12および第2の綴じ環14をそれぞれ間隔をおいて設けることができる長さを備えた保持部材16と、第1の綴じ環12と第2の綴じ環14とが保持部材16に固定されるように、表面側よりのびるように第1の綴じ環12と第2の綴じ環14とを固定された一対の板状の作動片が保持部材16の内側に移動自在に固定された、作動部材18とを備える。   The binding device 10 includes a pair of substantially D-shaped annular metal rings on the other side of the pair of substantially D-shaped metal rings that form a substantially D-shaped annular binding ring when viewed from the front, and a pair of the first binding ring 12 and the first binding ring 12. The second binding ring 14 on the near side, the holding member 16 having a length capable of providing the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 at intervals, and the first binding ring A pair of plate-like operations in which the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are fixed so as to extend from the front surface side so that 12 and the second binding ring 14 are fixed to the holding member 16. An operating member 18 having a piece movably fixed inside the holding member 16 is provided.

この綴具10の綴じ環は、主綴じ環たる第1の綴じ環12と副綴じ環たる第2の綴じ環14とからなる開閉自在の2穴タイプである。
第1の綴じ環12と第2の綴じ環14とは、同一方向に向けて、その綴じ環係止部50を指で外すことができるように構成されている。
そして、綴じ環を閉じるときは、主綴じ環たる第1の綴じ環12を、例えば親指と人差し指で直接挟んで閉じるように構成されており、第1の綴じ環12を2本の指で挟んで閉じる方向に作動させると、副綴じ環たる第2の綴じ環14は追動するように構成されている。
The binding ring of the binding tool 10 is a two-hole type that can be freely opened and closed, and includes a first binding ring 12 that is a main binding ring and a second binding ring 14 that is a secondary binding ring.
The 1st binding ring 12 and the 2nd binding ring 14 are comprised so that the binding ring latching | locking part 50 can be removed with a finger | toe toward the same direction.
When closing the binding ring, the first binding ring 12 that is the main binding ring is configured to be directly sandwiched between, for example, the thumb and the index finger, and the first binding ring 12 is sandwiched between two fingers. The second binding ring 14 as a secondary binding ring is configured to follow when operated in the closing direction.

保持部材16は、第1の綴じ環12と第2の綴じ環14とを所定の間隔をおいて設けることができる長さを備える平面視略長方形で、その両端、すなわち表紙COに取り付ける取付孔20近傍においては、平面視略半円弧状に形成されている。
保持部材16は、第1の綴じ環12および第2の綴じ環14を固定する部位より長手方向における外側近傍より内側に向かって、その中央が膨出した断面略半円弧状の被綴じ物載置部22を備え、且つ、被綴じ物載置部22の内側は保持空間を備え、その保持空間に作動部材18等を収容するように構成されている。
保持部材16の被綴じ物載置部22の両端には、その長手方向に略その一端から他端に亘って、作動部材18を摺動自在に保持する保持壁24が設けられている。この実施の形態においては、保持壁24は、保持部材16の長手方向において、第1の綴じ環12および第2の綴じ環14のそれぞれの外側近傍より内部に亘って略全体において垂下されるように、第1の保持壁24aおよび第2の保持壁24bが連設され、第1の保持壁24aと第2の保持壁24bとは平行で略同一の形状の板状である。
そして、この第1の保持壁24aおよび第2の保持壁24bと被綴じ物載置部22によって囲繞された保持空間内に、後に詳しく説明する作動部材18、開閉部材40等が収容される。
The holding member 16 has a substantially rectangular shape in plan view and has a length capable of providing the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 at a predetermined interval. In the vicinity of 20, it is formed in a substantially semicircular arc shape in plan view.
The holding member 16 is mounted on a binding object having a substantially semicircular cross section whose center bulges from the vicinity of the outer side in the longitudinal direction to the inner side from the portion where the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are fixed. The holding portion 22 is provided, and the inside of the binding object mounting portion 22 is provided with a holding space, and the operation member 18 and the like are accommodated in the holding space.
At both ends of the binding object mounting portion 22 of the holding member 16, holding walls 24 that slidably hold the operating member 18 are provided from substantially one end to the other end in the longitudinal direction. In this embodiment, the holding wall 24 hangs substantially in the whole from the vicinity of the outer sides of the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 in the longitudinal direction of the holding member 16. In addition, a first holding wall 24a and a second holding wall 24b are connected in series, and the first holding wall 24a and the second holding wall 24b are parallel and have substantially the same plate shape.
In the holding space surrounded by the first holding wall 24a and the second holding wall 24b and the binding object mounting portion 22, the actuating member 18, the opening / closing member 40 and the like which will be described in detail later are accommodated.

保持部材16の被綴じ物載置部22には、向こう側の第1の綴じ環12と手前側の第2の綴じ環14とを、保持部材16の長さ方向において一定の間隔(日本工業規格等で決められている一定の長さ)をあけて遊貫するための向こう側の貫通孔26と手前側の貫通孔28とがそれぞれ穿設されている。
向こう側の貫通孔26と手前側の貫通孔28とは、第1の綴じ環12を構成する第1の綴じ部材12aおよび第2の綴じ部材12bと、第2の綴じ環14を構成する第3の綴じ部材14aおよび第4の綴じ部材14bとに対応して、保持部材16の幅方向において左右に分かれて一定の間隔をおいて、B側貫通孔26a,28a(表紙COの裏表紙側)とA側貫通孔26b,28b(表紙COの表表紙側)とが穿設されている。
向こう側の貫通孔26は、第1の綴じ部材12aを貫入し保持部材16の長さ方向において第1の綴じ部材12aを孔の中において移動することができる間隔を備えた、B側貫通孔26aと、第2の綴じ部材12bを貫入し保持部材16の長さ方向において第2の綴じ部材12bを孔の中において移動することができる間隔を備えたA側貫通孔26bとからなる。B側貫通孔26aは、平面視略U字状で開口部分から続く向こう側の孔縁26a1と手前側の孔縁26a2とを有する。
A側貫通孔26bは、B側貫通孔26aと対称形であり、平面視略U字状で開口部分から続く向こう側の孔縁26b1と手前側の孔縁26b2とを有する。
手前側の貫通孔28は、第3の綴じ部材14aを貫入し保持部材16の長さ方向において第3の綴じ部材14aを孔の中において移動することができる間隔を備えた、B側貫通孔28aと、第4の綴じ部材14bを貫入し保持部材16の長さ方向において第4の綴じ部材14bを孔の中において移動することができる間隔を備えたA側貫通孔28bとからなる。B側貫通孔28aは、平面視略U字状で開口部分から続く向こう側の孔縁28a1と手前側の孔縁28a2とを有する。
A側貫通孔28bは、B側貫通孔28aと対称形であり、平面視略U字状で開口部分から続く向こう側の孔縁28b1と手前側の孔縁28b2とを有する。
B側貫通孔26aとB側貫通孔28aとは同じ形状であり、A側貫通孔26bとA側貫通孔28bとは同じ形状である。
In the binding object mounting portion 22 of the holding member 16, the first binding ring 12 on the far side and the second binding ring 14 on the near side are spaced apart from each other in the length direction of the holding member 16 (Nippon Kogyo Co., Ltd.). A through-hole 26 on the far side and a through-hole 28 on the near side are drilled in order to open the hole with a certain length (determined by a standard or the like).
The through hole 26 on the far side and the through hole 28 on the near side are the first binding member 12 a and the second binding member 12 b that constitute the first binding ring 12, and the second binding ring 14 that constitutes the second binding ring 14. Corresponding to the third binding member 14a and the fourth binding member 14b, the B-side through-holes 26a, 28a (the back cover side of the cover CO) are separated to the left and right in the width direction of the holding member 16 with a certain interval. ) And A side through holes 26b, 28b (the front cover side of the cover CO).
The through-hole 26 on the far side is provided with a B-side through-hole having an interval through which the first binding member 12a can be penetrated and the first binding member 12a can be moved in the hole in the length direction of the holding member 16 26 a and an A-side through hole 26 b that has a space that allows the second binding member 12 b to move through the hole in the length direction of the holding member 16 through the second binding member 12 b. The B-side through hole 26a has a substantially U shape in a plan view and has a hole edge 26a1 on the far side continuing from the opening portion and a hole edge 26a2 on the near side.
The A-side through-hole 26b is symmetrical with the B-side through-hole 26a, and has a hole edge 26b1 on the far side and a hole edge 26b2 on the near side continuing from the opening portion in a substantially U shape in plan view.
The front side through-hole 28 has a B-side through-hole provided with an interval that allows the third binding member 14a to penetrate the third binding member 14a and move the third binding member 14a in the hole in the length direction of the holding member 16. 28a and an A-side through-hole 28b provided with a space that allows the fourth binding member 14b to move through the hole in the length direction of the holding member 16 through the fourth binding member 14b. The B-side through hole 28a has a substantially U shape in a plan view and has a hole edge 28a1 on the far side continuing from the opening portion and a hole edge 28a2 on the near side.
The A-side through-hole 28b is symmetrical with the B-side through-hole 28a and has a hole edge 28b1 on the far side and a hole edge 28b2 on the near side that continue from the opening portion in a substantially U shape in plan view.
The B side through hole 26a and the B side through hole 28a have the same shape, and the A side through hole 26b and the A side through hole 28b have the same shape.

B側貫通孔26aとA側貫通孔26bとは、保持部材16の長さ方向における位置が変化づけられ、B側貫通孔26aの手前側縁がA側貫通孔26bの手前側縁より向こう側に位置している。
B側貫通孔28aとA側貫通孔28bとは、保持部材16の長さ方向における位置が変化づけられ、B側貫通孔28aの手前側縁がA側貫通孔28bの手前側縁より向こう側に位置している。
この実施の形態においては、第1の綴じ環12と第2の綴じ環14とが閉じられたとき、第2の綴じ部材12bの綴じ環係止部50の脱係が外される方向O2とは反対側の手前側の孔縁26b2の方が、第1の綴じ部材12aの綴じ環係止部50の脱係が外される方向O1の側の手前側の孔縁26a2より手前側に位置している。
同様に、第1の綴じ環12と第2の綴じ環14とが閉じられたとき、第4の綴じ部材14bの綴じ環係止部50の脱係が外される方向O2とは反対側の手前側の孔縁28b2の方が、第3の綴じ部材14aの綴じ環係止部50の脱係が外される方向O1の側の手前側の孔縁28a2より手前側に位置している。
The positions of the B-side through hole 26a and the A-side through hole 26b in the length direction of the holding member 16 are changed, and the near side edge of the B side through hole 26a is farther from the near side edge of the A side through hole 26b. Is located.
The positions of the B-side through hole 28a and the A-side through hole 28b in the length direction of the holding member 16 are changed, and the near side edge of the B side through hole 28a is on the far side from the near side edge of the A side through hole 28b. Is located.
In this embodiment, when the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are closed, the direction O2 in which the disengagement of the binding ring locking portion 50 of the second binding member 12b is removed. The front hole edge 26b2 on the opposite side is positioned closer to the front side than the front hole edge 26a2 on the side in the direction O1 in which the disengagement of the binding ring locking portion 50 of the first binding member 12a is disengaged. is doing.
Similarly, when the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are closed, the side opposite to the direction O2 in which the disengagement of the binding ring locking portion 50 of the fourth binding member 14b is removed. The front side hole edge 28b2 is positioned on the front side of the front side hole edge 28a2 on the side in the direction O1 in which the disengagement of the binding ring locking portion 50 of the third binding member 14a is removed.

作動部材18は、平面視略長方形状金属板からなる一対の第1の作動片30および第2の作動片32からなる。
第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、その長手方向において、第1の保持壁24a及び第2の保持壁24bと平行でその内面に摺動する外側端縁30b及び外側端縁32bが形成され、該外側端縁30b及び外側端縁32bと平行に当該一対の第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32を突き合わせる突き合わせ縁30a及び突き合わせ縁32aが内側縁に形成されている。第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、突き合わせ縁30a及び突き合わせ縁32aの長手方向における中央C(図7及び図9図示)を対称の中心とする点対称形で、保持部材16の保持空間内において各々をその長手方向において並置したとき、各々その内側縁において屈曲自在に係合する。
The actuating member 18 includes a pair of first actuating pieces 30 and second actuating pieces 32 made of a substantially rectangular metal plate in plan view.
The first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 have an outer edge 30b and an outer edge that slide in the inner surface in parallel with the first holding wall 24a and the second holding wall 24b in the longitudinal direction. 32b is formed, and a butt edge 30a and a butt edge 32a for abutting the pair of first operating piece 30 and second operating piece 32 in parallel with the outer edge 30b and the outer edge 32b are formed on the inner edge. ing. The first actuating piece 30 and the second actuating piece 32 are point-symmetrical with the center C (shown in FIGS. 7 and 9) in the longitudinal direction of the butt edge 30a and the butt edge 32a as the center of symmetry, and the holding member 16. When they are juxtaposed in the longitudinal direction in the holding space, they are engaged flexibly at their inner edges.

そして、第1の作動片30および第2の作動片32は、外側から力が加わらないときには、第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32とが谷折り、すなわち保持部材16の被綴じ物載置部22の内面より離れた方向(突き合わせ縁30aおよび突き合わせ縁32aが、図7図示平面Pxyより下側)に向いて、あるいはまた、山折り、すなわち保持部材16の被綴じ物載置部22の内面に近づいた方向(突き合わせ縁30aおよび突き合わせ縁32aが図7図示平面Pxyより上側)に向いて、その谷折りまたは山折りの状態を維持するように、保持部材16の内側の保持空間部に内設されている。
平面Pxyとは、第1の綴じ環12と第2の綴じ環14それぞれの基部が第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32に固着された部分(4箇所)を通る左右軸Y1,Y2および前後軸X1,X2(図7図示)を含む平面である。
When the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 are not applied with force from the outside, the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 are valley-folded, that is, the holding member 16 is bound. The direction facing away from the inner surface of the object placement portion 22 (the butt edge 30a and the butt edge 32a are lower than the plane Pxy shown in FIG. 7) or mountain fold, that is, the object to be bound of the holding member 16 is placed. Holding the inner side of the holding member 16 so as to maintain the valley fold or mountain fold state in the direction approaching the inner surface of the portion 22 (the butt edge 30a and the butt edge 32a are above the plane Pxy in FIG. 7). It is installed in the space.
The plane Pxy is a left-right axis Y1, which passes through portions (four places) where the base portions of the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are fixed to the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32, respectively. This is a plane including Y2 and the longitudinal axes X1 and X2 (shown in FIG. 7).

作動部材18は、一方の作動片、すなわち第1の作動片30における保持部材16の被綴じ物載置部22の内側面と対向する表面(すなわち上面)には、第1の綴じ環12を構成する第1の綴じ部材12aの基部が固定され、且つ、前記第1の綴じ部材12aとは一定の間隔をおいて、第2の綴じ環14を構成する第3の綴じ部材14aの基部が固定されている。
また、他方の作動片、すなわち第2の作動片32における保持部材16の被綴じ物載置部22と対向する表面(すなわち上面)には、第1の綴じ環12を構成する第2の綴じ部材12bの基部が固定され、且つ、前記第2の綴じ部材12bと一定の間隔をおいて、第2の綴じ環14を構成する第4の綴じ部材14bの基部が固定されている。
The actuating member 18 has the first binding ring 12 on the surface (that is, the upper surface) of the one actuating piece, that is, the inner surface of the holding member 16 of the holding member 16 facing the inner surface (that is, the upper surface). The base part of the first binding member 12a constituting the base is fixed, and the base part of the third binding member 14a constituting the second binding ring 14 is spaced apart from the first binding member 12a. It is fixed.
Further, the second binding piece 12 constituting the first binding ring 12 is provided on the surface (namely, the upper surface) of the other working piece, that is, the second working piece 32, which faces the object mounting portion 22 of the holding member 16. The base portion of the member 12b is fixed, and the base portion of the fourth binding member 14b constituting the second binding ring 14 is fixed at a certain distance from the second binding member 12b.

一方の作動片、すなわち第1の作動片30は、前記保持部材16に形成された向こう側の貫通孔26に通される突出部30c1(第1の綴じ部材12aの近傍に形成)および前記保持部材16に形成された手前側の貫通孔28に通される突出部30c2(第3の綴じ部材14aの近傍に形成)が形成されている。
第2の作動片32は、前記保持部材16に形成された向こう側の貫通孔26に通される突出部32c1(第2の綴じ部材12bの近傍に形成)及び前記保持部材16に形成された第2の貫通孔28に通される突出部32c2(第4の綴じ部材14bの近傍に形成)が形成されている。
そして、一対の第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、前記突出部30c1と突出部30c2および突出部32c1と突出部32c2が向こう側の貫通孔26と向こう側の貫通孔26及び手前側の貫通孔28と手前側の貫通孔28に通された状態で、突き合わされている。
第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、突き合わせ縁30aおよび突き合わせ縁32aが、綴じ環、すなわち第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14を開いた際には前記保持部材16の内面に近づき且つ前記第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14を閉じた際には前記保持部材16の内面から離れるように、前記第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14を開閉する方向に揺動可能に、前記保持部材16に保持される。
One working piece, that is, the first working piece 30 is a protrusion 30c1 (formed in the vicinity of the first binding member 12a) that passes through the through hole 26 on the other side formed in the holding member 16 and the holding member. A protrusion 30c2 (formed in the vicinity of the third binding member 14a) that is passed through the front through hole 28 formed in the member 16 is formed.
The second operating piece 32 is formed on the holding member 16 and a protrusion 32c1 (formed in the vicinity of the second binding member 12b) that is passed through the through hole 26 on the other side formed in the holding member 16. A protrusion 32c2 (formed in the vicinity of the fourth binding member 14b) that is passed through the second through hole 28 is formed.
The pair of first working piece 30 and second working piece 32 includes the projecting portion 30c1, the projecting portion 30c2, and the projecting portion 32c1, the projecting portion 32c2. The front through-hole 28 and the front through-hole 28 are in contact with each other in a state of being passed through.
The first actuating piece 30 and the second actuating piece 32 are configured so that the abutting edge 30a and the abutting edge 32a have the holding member when the binding ring, that is, the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are opened. When the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are closed, the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring are moved away from the inner surface of the holding member 16 when the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are closed. 14 is held by the holding member 16 so as to be swingable in the direction of opening and closing.

第1の作動片30は、一対の作動片が突き合わされる略直線状の突き合わせ縁30aが内側に形成され、前記突き合わせ縁30aと略平行な略直線状の外側端縁30bが外側に形成されている。
第2の作動片32は、一対の作動片が突き合わされる略直線状の突き合わせ縁32aが内側に形成され、前記突き合わせ縁32aと略平行な略直線状の外側端縁32bが外側に形成されている。
第1の作動片30の外側端縁30bは、突出部30c1及び突出部30c2が、形成されている。
第2の作動片32の外側端縁32bは、突出部32c1及び突出部32c2が、形成されている。
すなわち、その突き合わせ縁30aおよび突き合わせ縁32aが突き合わされ且つ外側端縁30bおよび外側端縁32bが保持部材16の第1の保持壁24aと第2の保持壁24bとの両壁内内側面に接近する。
The first working piece 30 is formed with a substantially linear butting edge 30a on which a pair of working pieces are butted, and a substantially linear outer end edge 30b substantially parallel to the butting edge 30a is formed on the outside. ing.
The second working piece 32 is formed with a substantially linear butting edge 32a on which a pair of working pieces are butted, and a substantially linear outer end edge 32b substantially parallel to the butting edge 32a is formed on the outside. ing.
The outer edge 30b of the first working piece 30 is formed with a protrusion 30c1 and a protrusion 30c2.
On the outer edge 32b of the second operating piece 32, a protruding portion 32c1 and a protruding portion 32c2 are formed.
That is, the abutting edge 30a and the abutting edge 32a are abutted, and the outer edge 30b and the outer edge 32b approach the inner inner surfaces of the first holding wall 24a and the second holding wall 24b of the holding member 16. To do.

前記突出部30c1と突出部30c2とは、第1の綴じ部材12aと第3の綴じ部材14aの基部の取付け位置に近い位置である第1の作動片30の幅方向において外側で、それぞれ前後に間隔をあけて一対形成され、且つ、突出部32c1と突出部32c2とは、第2の綴じ部材12bと第4の綴じ部材14bの基部の取付け位置に近い位置である第2の作動片32の幅方向において外側で、それぞれ前後に間隔をあけて一対形成され、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14の開閉ができるように、保持部材16の第1の保持壁24a及び第2の保持壁24bより外側に突出している。
突出部30c1と突出部30c2とは、保持部材16の第1の保持壁24aの向こう側の貫通孔26及び向こう側の貫通孔26より外側に突き出る長さを備え、また、突出部32c1と突出部32c2とは、保持部材16の第2の保持壁24bの手前側の貫通孔28及び手前側の貫通孔28より外側に突き出る長さを備え、且つ、作動部材18が綴じ環の開閉時に保持部材16の長手方向に移動可能な幅を有する舌状である。
第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、金属またプラスチックの薄板からなり、第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32と突出部30c1、突出部30c2、突出部32c1及び突出部32c2とは一体成形されてなる。
The projecting portion 30c1 and the projecting portion 30c2 are arranged on the outside in the width direction of the first operating piece 30 which is close to the mounting position of the base portions of the first binding member 12a and the third binding member 14a, respectively, and back and forth. A pair of protrusions 32c1 and 32c2 are formed at a distance from each other, and the protrusions 32c1 and 32c2 are close to the attachment positions of the bases of the second binding member 12b and the fourth binding member 14b. The first holding wall 24a and the second holding wall 16a of the holding member 16 are formed so that a pair is formed on the outer side in the width direction with a space therebetween in the front-rear direction so that the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 can be opened and closed. Projecting outward from the holding wall 24b.
The projecting portion 30c1 and the projecting portion 30c2 have a through-hole 26 on the far side of the first holding wall 24a of the holding member 16 and a length projecting outward from the through-hole 26 on the far side, and also project from the projecting portion 32c1. The portion 32c2 has a length that protrudes outward from the front through hole 28 and the front through hole 28 of the second holding wall 24b of the holding member 16, and the operating member 18 is held when the binding ring is opened and closed. The tongue 16 has a width that is movable in the longitudinal direction of the member 16.
The first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 are made of metal or plastic thin plate, and the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 and the projecting portion 30c1, the projecting portion 30c2, the projecting portion 32c1, and the projecting portion. The part 32c2 is integrally formed.

前記開閉部材40は、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14が固定された表面とは反対側の裏面側において、作動部材18に固定され、前記第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14を開くときに、保持部材16内で、前記第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32を保持部材16の長手方向に移動させるとともに保持部材16の内面に近づいた方向に保持されるように、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14を開く方向に変化させるように形成されている。   The opening / closing member 40 is fixed to the operating member 18 on the back side opposite to the surface on which the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are fixed, and the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 12 are connected to each other. When the binding ring 14 is opened, the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 are moved in the longitudinal direction of the holding member 16 in the holding member 16 and in a direction approaching the inner surface of the holding member 16. The first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are formed to change in the opening direction so as to be held.

前記作動部材18は、前記第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14を固定された表面側とは反対側の裏面側において、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14を開く方向に付勢する開閉部材40が固定され作動部材18に固定されている。
そして、前記第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14を閉じたときには、第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、保持部材16の内面より離れた位置において、その突き合わせ縁30a及び突き合わせ縁32aが突き合わせた状態において、平面状に保持され、そして、前記第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14を開いたときには、第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、その突き合わせ縁30a及び突き合わせ縁32aが突き合わせた状態において保持部材16の内面に近づいた方向に向いて山折り状に保持されるように、保持部材16に固定されている。
The actuating member 18 opens the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 on the back side opposite to the surface side to which the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are fixed. An opening / closing member 40 that biases in the direction is fixed and fixed to the operating member 18.
When the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are closed, the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 have their butted edges at positions away from the inner surface of the holding member 16. When the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are opened, the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece are held in a flat state in a state where the abutting edge 30a and the abutting edge 32a are abutted. 32 is fixed to the holding member 16 so as to be held in a mountain fold shape in a direction approaching the inner surface of the holding member 16 in a state where the butted edge 30a and the butted edge 32a are butted.

前記第1の作動片30は、突き合わせ縁30aの両端近傍であって、第1の綴じ部材12a及び第3綴じ部材の14aの基部が固定された領域より突き合わせ縁30a寄りを、突き合わせ縁30aの両端近傍を突き合わせ縁30aに沿って周囲の基準面LP1より開閉部材40を固定される面側に曲げて凹まされて第1の作動片の向こう側凹み部30d及び第1の作動片の手前側凹み部30eを形成されている。そして、第1の作動片の手前側凹み部30e及び第1の作動片の向こう側凹み部30dにより前記基準面LP1より係合部を有する第1の作動片の向こう側第2係合部36b4が形成されている。   The first operating piece 30 is near both ends of the butting edge 30a, and is closer to the butting edge 30a than the area where the bases of the first and third binding members 12a and 14a are fixed. Near both ends, the opening / closing member 40 is bent from the surrounding reference surface LP1 along the abutting edge 30a toward the surface to which the opening / closing member 40 is fixed, and is recessed to the far side of the first working piece 30d and the front side of the first working piece. A recess 30e is formed. Then, the second working portion 36b4 on the far side of the first working piece having the engaging portion from the reference surface LP1 by the near side recessed portion 30e of the first working piece and the far side recessed portion 30d of the first working piece. Is formed.

また、前記第2の作動片32は、突き合わせ縁32aの両端近傍であって、第2の綴じ部材12b及び第4の綴じ部材14bの基部が固定された領域より突き合わせ縁32a寄りを、突き合わせ縁32aの両端近傍を突き合わせ縁32aに沿って周囲の基準面LP2より開閉部材40を固定される面側に曲げて凹まされて第2の作動片の手前側凹み部32e及び第2の作動片の向こう側凹み部32dを形成されている。そして、該第2の作動片の手前側凹み部32e及び第2の作動片の向こう側凹み部32dにより前記基準面より低い係合面を有する第2の作動片の向こう側第2係合部36b1を形成されている。   The second operating piece 32 is in the vicinity of both ends of the butt edge 32a, and is closer to the butt edge 32a than the region where the base portions of the second binding member 12b and the fourth binding member 14b are fixed. The vicinity of both ends of 32a is bent along the abutting edge 32a toward the surface to which the opening and closing member 40 is fixed from the surrounding reference plane LP2, and is recessed on the near side 32e of the second working piece and the second working piece. A far side recess 32d is formed. Then, the second engaging portion on the far side of the second working piece having an engaging surface lower than the reference surface by the near side recessed portion 32e of the second working piece and the far side recessed portion 32d of the second working piece. 36b1 is formed.

前記第1の作動片30は、突き合わせ縁30aを周囲の基準面LP1より開閉部材40を固定される面側に曲げて凹まされて第1の作動片の向こう側凹み部30dが形成され且つ開閉部材40を固定される面とは反対側に曲げて基準面LP1より低い係合面を有する第1の作動片の向こう側第1係合部36a1を形成されるとともに、前記第2の作動片32は、突き合わせ縁32aを周囲の基準面LP2より開閉部材40を固定される面側に曲げて凹まされて第2の作動片の向こう側凹み部32dが形成され且つ前記基準面LP2より低い係合面を有する第2の作動片の向こう側第2係合部36b1を形成され、前記第1の作動片の向こう側第1係合部36a1の係合面と前記第2の作動片の向こう側第2係合部36b1の係合面とは、前記基準面LP1及び基準面LP2と略々同じ高さ又は低い高さにおいて、係合されている。   The first working piece 30 is recessed by bending the butting edge 30a from the surrounding reference surface LP1 to the surface side to which the opening / closing member 40 is fixed, thereby forming a recessed portion 30d on the far side of the first working piece and opening / closing. The member 40 is bent to the opposite side to the surface to be fixed to form the first working piece 36a1 beyond the first working piece having an engaging surface lower than the reference surface LP1, and the second working piece. 32 is bent by bending the butt edge 32a toward the surface to which the opening / closing member 40 is fixed from the surrounding reference surface LP2 to form a recessed portion 32d on the other side of the second operating piece and lower than the reference surface LP2. A second engagement piece 36b1 on the other side of the second working piece having a mating surface is formed, and the engagement surface of the first engagement part 36a1 on the other side of the first working piece and the other side of the second working piece. The engagement surface of the second side engagement portion 36b1 is the reference surface LP1. In the fine reference plane LP2 and substantially the same height or lower height, it is engaged.

また、前記第2の作動片32は、突き合わせ縁32aを周囲の基準面LP2より開閉部材40を固定される面側に曲げて凹まされて第2の作動片の手前側凹み部32eが形成され且つ開閉部材40を固定される面とは反対側に曲げて基準面LP2より低い係合面を有する第2の作動片の手前側第1係合部36a3を形成されるとともに、前記第1の作動片30は、突き合わせ縁30aを周囲の基準面LP1より開閉部材40を固定される面側に曲げて凹まされて第1の作動片の手前側凹み部30eが形成され且つ前記基準面LP1より低い係合面を有する第1の作動片の手前側第2係合部36b3を形成され、前記第2の作動片の手前側第1係合部36a3の係合面と前記第1の作動片の手前側第2係合部36b3の係合面とは、前記基準面LP1及び基準面LP2と略々同じ高さ又は低い高さにおいて、係合されている。   The second operating piece 32 is recessed by bending the butting edge 32a toward the surface to which the opening / closing member 40 is fixed from the surrounding reference surface LP2 to form a front side recessed portion 32e of the second operating piece. In addition, the first engaging portion 36a3 on the near side of the second operating piece having an engaging surface lower than the reference surface LP2 is formed by bending the opening / closing member 40 to the opposite side to the surface to be fixed. The actuating piece 30 is recessed by bending the butt edge 30a from the surrounding reference plane LP1 toward the surface to which the opening / closing member 40 is fixed, thereby forming a front side recessed portion 30e of the first actuating piece, and from the reference plane LP1. A first engagement piece 36b3 on the near side of the first working piece having a low engagement surface is formed, and the engagement surface of the first engagement part 36a3 on the near side of the second action piece and the first action piece The engagement surface of the second engagement portion 36b3 on the near side is the reference surface LP1 and the base In the surface LP2 and substantially the same height or lower height, it is engaged.

前記第1の作動片30は、突き合わせ縁30aを周囲の基準面LP1より開閉部材40を固定される面側に曲げて凹まされて第1の作動片の手前側凹み部30eが形成され且つ開閉部材40を固定される面とは反対側に曲げて基準面LP1より低い係合面を有する第1の作動片の手前側第1係合部36a2を形成されるとともに、前記第2の作動片32は、突き合わせ縁32aを周囲の基準面LP2より開閉部材40を固定される面側に曲げて凹まされて第2の作動片の手前側凹み部32eが形成され且つ前記基準面LP2より低い係合面を有する第2の作動片の手前側第2係合部36b2を形成され、前記第1の作動片の手前側第1係合部36a2の係合面と前記第2の作動片の手前側第2係合部36b2の係合面とは、前記基準面LP1及び基準面LP2と略々同じ高さ又は低い高さにおいて、係合されている。   The first working piece 30 is recessed by bending the butting edge 30a from the surrounding reference surface LP1 to the surface side to which the opening / closing member 40 is fixed, thereby forming a front side recessed portion 30e of the first working piece and opening / closing. The first working piece 36a2 on the near side of the first working piece having an engaging surface lower than the reference surface LP1 is formed by bending the member 40 to the opposite side of the face to be fixed, and the second working piece. 32, the butting edge 32a is bent from the surrounding reference surface LP2 to the surface side to which the opening and closing member 40 is fixed, thereby forming a front side recessed portion 32e of the second working piece and lower than the reference surface LP2. A second engaging portion 36b2 on the front side of the second operating piece having a mating surface is formed, and the engaging surface of the first engaging portion 36a2 on the near side of the first operating piece and the front side of the second operating piece are formed. The engagement surface of the second side engagement portion 36b2 is the reference surface LP1 and the reference surface L. In 2 and substantially the same height or lower height, are engaged.

また、前記第2の作動片32は、突き合わせ縁32aを周囲の基準面LP2より開閉部材40を固定される面側に曲げて凹まされて第2の作動片の向こう側凹み部32dが形成され且つ開閉部材40を固定される面とは反対側に曲げて基準面LP2より低い係合面を有する第2の作動片の向こう側第1係合部36a4を形成されるとともに、前記第1の作動片30は、突き合わせ縁30aを周囲の基準面LP1より開閉部材40を固定される面側に曲げて凹まされて第1の作動片の向こう側凹み部30dが形成され且つ前記基準面LP1より低い係合面を有する第1の作動片の向こう側第2係合部36b4を形成され、前記第2の作動片の向こう側第1係合部36a4の係合面と前記第1の作動片の向こう側第2係合部36b4の係合面とは、前記基準面LP1及び基準面LP2と略々同じ高さ又は低い高さにおいて、係合されている。   Further, the second operating piece 32 is recessed by bending the butting edge 32a toward the surface to which the opening / closing member 40 is fixed from the surrounding reference surface LP2, thereby forming a recessed portion 32d on the other side of the second operating piece. In addition, a first engaging portion 36a4 on the opposite side of the second operating piece having an engaging surface lower than the reference surface LP2 is formed by bending the opening / closing member 40 to the opposite side to the surface to be fixed. The actuating piece 30 is recessed by bending the butt edge 30a from the surrounding reference surface LP1 to the surface side to which the opening / closing member 40 is fixed to form a recessed portion 30d on the far side of the first actuating piece, and from the reference surface LP1. A second engaging portion 36b4 beyond the first operating piece having a low engaging surface is formed, and the engaging surface of the first engaging portion 36a4 beyond the second operating piece and the first operating piece are formed. The engagement surface of the second engagement portion 36b4 on the other side is the reference In LP1 and the reference surface LP2 and substantially the same height or lower height, it is engaged.

前記第1の作動片30の第1係合部36aの係合面と前記第2の作動片32の第2係合部36bの係合面とを、前記基準面LP1及び基準面LP2と略々同じ高さ又は低い高さにおいて係合されている。
前記第2の作動片32の第1係合部36aの係合面と前記第1の作動片30の第2係合部36bの係合面とを、前記基準面LP1及び基準面LP2と略々同じ高さ又は低い高さにおいて係合されている。
第1係合部36aは、第1の作動片の向こう側第1係合部36a1、第1作動片の手前側第1係合部36a2、第2の作動片の手前側第1係合部36a3及び第2の作動片の向こう側第1係合部36a4を含む。
第2係合部36bは、第2の作動片の向こう側第2係合部36b1、第2の作動片の手前側第2係合部36b2、第1の作動片の手前側第2係合部36b3及び第1の作動片の向こう側第2係合部36b4を含む。
The engagement surface of the first engagement portion 36a of the first operation piece 30 and the engagement surface of the second engagement portion 36b of the second operation piece 32 are substantially the same as the reference surface LP1 and the reference surface LP2. Are engaged at the same or lower height.
The engagement surface of the first engagement portion 36a of the second operation piece 32 and the engagement surface of the second engagement portion 36b of the first operation piece 30 are substantially the same as the reference surface LP1 and the reference surface LP2. Are engaged at the same or lower height.
The first engaging portion 36a includes a first engaging portion 36a1 on the far side of the first operating piece, a first engaging portion 36a2 on the near side of the first operating piece, and a first engaging portion on the near side of the second operating piece. 36a3 and a first engaging portion 36a4 on the other side of the second operating piece.
The second engagement portion 36b includes a second engagement portion 36b1 on the far side of the second operation piece, a second engagement portion 36b2 on the near side of the second operation piece, and a second engagement on the near side of the first operation piece. Part 36b3 and the second working part 36b4 beyond the first working piece.

前記第1の作動片30は、第1係合部36aが形成され且つ第2の作動片32と同じように第2係合部36bが形成されるとともに、前記第2の作動片32は、第2係合部36bが形成され且つ第1の作動片30と同じように第1係合部36aが形成され、対向する第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、第1係合部36aと第2係合部36bとが係合して、突き合わせ縁30a及び突き合わせ縁32aを中心にして第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32とが揺動するように形成されている。
このように、前記作動部材18及び開閉部材40を保持部材16の保持空間内において保持され且つ移動できるように、一対の作動片すなわち、第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32の突き合わせ縁、すなわち、突き合わせ縁30a及び突き合わせ縁32aに、移動中にも突き合わせ状態を維持するための係合部すなわち、第1係合部36a及び第2係合部36bを、開閉部材40を固定された面側に向けて突出して形成されているので、保持部材16の高さを低くして低背化を図ることができる。
The first operating piece 30 includes a first engaging portion 36a and a second engaging portion 36b similar to the second operating piece 32, and the second operating piece 32 includes: The second engagement portion 36b is formed and the first engagement portion 36a is formed in the same manner as the first operation piece 30, and the first operation piece 30 and the second operation piece 32 facing each other are the first engagement portion. The joining portion 36a and the second engaging portion 36b are engaged so that the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 swing around the butting edge 30a and the butting edge 32a. ing.
As described above, the pair of operating pieces, that is, the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 are matched so that the operating member 18 and the opening / closing member 40 can be held and moved in the holding space of the holding member 16. On the edges, that is, the butt edge 30a and the butt edge 32a, the engagement parts for maintaining the butt state during the movement, that is, the first engagement part 36a and the second engagement part 36b are fixed to the opening / closing member 40. Therefore, the height of the holding member 16 can be lowered to reduce the height.

第1係合部36aは、保持部材16の被綴じ物載置部22の内面側に向けて、作動部材18の厚み分を凹み部(第1の作動片の向こう側凹み部30d、第1の作動片の手前側凹み部30e、第2の作動片の向こう側凹み部32d、第2の作動片の手前側凹み部32e、)を突き出された基部と、前記基部の先端より突き出された押さえ部とを備えた平面視略U字状に形成されている。そして、押さえ部は、一対の作動片たる第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32のうちの片一方の作動片たる第1の作動片30または第2の作動片32のはずれ止めの機能を備えている。
最も外側の第1の作動片の向こう側第1係合部36a1及び第2の作動片の手前側第1係合部36a3は、第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32を逆方向に移動させたときにおいても作動部材18の端縁より内側に位置する幅を備えている。
最も外側の第1の作動片の向こう側第1係合部36a1と内側の第2の作動片の向こう側第1係合部36a4及び最も外側の第2の作動片の手前側第1係合部36a3と内側の第1の作動片の手前側第1係合部36a2とは、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14の基部が取付けられた部位を挟んで適宜な間隔をおいて形成されている。
The first engagement portion 36a has a concave portion (a concave portion 30d on the other side of the first working piece, a first concave portion) toward the inner surface side of the binding object mounting portion 22 of the holding member 16. And a base portion projecting from the front side recessed portion 30e of the working piece, a second side recessed portion 32d of the second working piece, and a front side recessed portion 32e of the second working piece, and a front end of the base portion. It is formed in a substantially U shape in a plan view provided with a pressing portion. The pressing portion is configured to prevent the first operating piece 30 or the second operating piece 32, which is one of the pair of the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32, from being detached. It has a function.
The first engagement portion 36a1 on the far side of the outermost first working piece and the first engagement portion 36a3 on the near side of the second working piece are arranged so that the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 are reversed. Even when it is moved to the position, it has a width located inside the end edge of the actuating member 18.
The first engagement portion 36a1 on the far side of the outermost first working piece, the first engagement portion 36a4 on the far side of the inner second working piece, and the front side first engagement of the outermost second working piece. The portion 36a3 and the first engagement portion 36a2 on the front side of the inner first operating piece are spaced at an appropriate interval across the portion where the base portions of the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are attached. Is formed.

そして、前記第1の綴じ環12および第2の綴じ環14が閉じるときには、図10に示すように、作動部材18を構成する第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、その突き合わせ縁30aおよび突き合わせ縁32aが保持部材16の内面(被綴じ物載置部22の内面)より離れた方向に向いて(すなわち水平面よりやや下がった正面視略V字状の状態)、第1の作動片30の突き合わせ縁30aと第2の作動片32の突き合わせ縁32aとが突き合わされた状態において保持されるとともに、前記第1の綴じ環12および第2の綴じ環14を開くときには、図15に示すように、作動部材18を構成する第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、保持部材16の内面(被綴じ物載置部22の内面)に近づいた方向に向いて(すなわち山折り状態)、第2の作動片32の突き合わせ縁32aとが突き合わされた状態に保持されるように保持部材16内の空間において固定される。
第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32とは、基準面LP1と基準面LP2とが水平よりやや下がった、すなわち保持部材16の被綴じ物載置部22より下方向に向くように、突き合せられている。したがって、第1の綴じ環12と第2の綴じ環14とを開いたときには、第1の綴じ環12の自由端と第2の綴じ環14の自由端との間がより広がって、被綴じ物Sを綴じたり外したりし易くなる。
And when the said 1st binding ring 12 and the 2nd binding ring 14 close, as shown in FIG. 10, the 1st action piece 30 and the 2nd action piece 32 which comprise the action member 18 are the butting | matching. The edge 30a and the butt edge 32a are directed away from the inner surface of the holding member 16 (the inner surface of the binding object mounting portion 22) (that is, in a substantially V-shape in a front view slightly lowered from the horizontal plane). When the abutting edge 30a of the operating piece 30 and the abutting edge 32a of the second operating piece 32 are held in contact with each other, and when the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are opened, FIG. As shown in FIG. 1, the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 constituting the working member 18 are directed in a direction approaching the inner surface of the holding member 16 (the inner surface of the binding object mounting portion 22) ( Ie mountain Ri state), is fixed in the space inside the holding member 16 so as to be held in abutting the edge 32a is butted to the second operating piece 32.
The first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 are such that the reference surface LP1 and the reference surface LP2 are slightly lowered from the horizontal direction, that is, are directed downward from the binding object mounting portion 22 of the holding member 16. , Have been matched. Therefore, when the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are opened, the space between the free end of the first binding ring 12 and the free end of the second binding ring 14 is further widened, and the binding is performed. It becomes easy to bind or remove the object S.

また、作動部材18を構成する第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、保持部材16の被綴じ物載置部22の内面に近づいた方向、すなわち山折りの状態においては、第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32の長さ方向、すなわち第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32に固着された第1の綴じ部材12aと第3の綴じ部材14aとを結ぶ線(X1(図7図示))および第2の綴じ部材12bと第4の綴じ部材14bとを結ぶ線(X2(図7図示))と平行な方向に、第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32とを移動させることができるように摺動自在に内設されている。   Further, the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 constituting the operating member 18 are arranged in the direction approaching the inner surface of the binding object mounting portion 22 of the holding member 16, that is, in the mountain fold state. The lengths of the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32, that is, the first binding member 12a and the third binding member 14a fixed to the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 are The first operating piece 30 and the first working piece 30 are arranged in a direction parallel to the connecting line (X1 (shown in FIG. 7)) and the connecting line (X2 (shown in FIG. 7)) connecting the second binding member 12b and the fourth binding member 14b. The two operating pieces 32 are slidably provided so as to be movable.

第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、第1の作動片の向こう側凹み部30d、第1の作動片の手前側凹み部30e、第2の作動片の向こう側凹み部32d及び第2の作動片の手前側凹み部32eに、内側の第1の作動片の手前側第1係合部36a2及び第2の作動片の向こう側第1係合部36a4の内側近傍において、第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32の長手方向への移動を規制する移動規制部が形成される。
移動規制部は、第1の作動片30の突き合わせ縁30aに形成された規制凹部30f及び規制凸部30gと、第2の作動片32の突き合わせ縁32aに形成された規制凹部32f及び規制凸部32gとから形成される。
規制凹部30fは、凹み36aの外側近傍において、突き合わせ縁30aより幅方向において凹んだ平面視コ字型の欠きであり、規制凸部32gは、前記規制凹部30fと遊嵌するように形成された平面視コ字型の凸起であり、規制凹部30fに規制凸部32gが遊嵌されて、規制凹部30f内において第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32がその長さ方向に互い違いに移動するように形成されている。
規制凹部32fは、凹み36bの外側近傍において、突き合わせ縁32aより幅方向において凹んだ平面視コ字型の欠きであり、規制凸部30gは、前記規制凹部32fと遊嵌するように形成された平面視コ字型の凸起であり、規制凹部32fに規制凸部30gが遊嵌されて、規制凹部32f内において第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32がその長さ方向に互い違いに移動するように形成されている。
The first actuating piece 30 and the second actuating piece 32 include a first actuating piece-side recess 30d, a first actuating-side recess 30e, and a second actuating-side recess 32d. In the front side recessed portion 32e of the second operating piece, in the vicinity of the inside of the first side engaging portion 36a2 of the inner first operating piece and the first side engaging portion 36a4 on the far side of the second operating piece, A movement restricting portion that restricts movement of the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 in the longitudinal direction is formed.
The movement restricting portion includes a restricting concave portion 30f and a restricting convex portion 30g formed on the butting edge 30a of the first operating piece 30, and a restricting recess portion 32f and a restricting convex portion formed on the butting edge 32a of the second actuating piece 32. 32g.
The restriction recess 30f is a U-shaped notch that is recessed in the width direction from the butt edge 30a in the vicinity of the outside of the recess 36a, and the restriction protrusion 32g is formed so as to be loosely fitted to the restriction recess 30f. This is a U-shaped protrusion in plan view, and the restriction convex part 32g is loosely fitted in the restriction concave part 30f, and the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 alternate in the length direction in the restriction concave part 30f. It is formed to move to.
The restriction recess 32f is a U-shaped notch in a plan view that is recessed in the width direction from the butt edge 32a in the vicinity of the outside of the recess 36b, and the restriction protrusion 30g is formed so as to be loosely fitted to the restriction recess 32f. The projection is a U-shaped projection in plan view, and the regulation projection 30g is loosely fitted in the regulation recess 32f, and the first operating piece 30 and the second actuation piece 32 are staggered in the length direction in the regulation recess 32f. It is formed to move to.

移動規制部は、一方の第1の作動片30の突き合わせ縁30aに形成された規制凹部30f及び規制凸部30gと、他方の第2の作動片32の突き合わせ縁32aに形成された規制凹部32f及び規制凸部32gとから形成されているが、綴じ環12,14を綴じ環係止部50において閉じたとき、一方の第1の作動片30の規制凹部30fは、係止された綴じ環係止部50が外れる方向に他方の綴じ部材(第2の綴じ部材12b,第4の綴じ部材14b)が移動することを許容するように、他方の第2の作動片32の規制凸部32gの移動を許容できる長さに形成されている。
この実施の形態においては、第1の作動片30の突き合わせ縁30aに穿設された規制凹部30fの長さは、第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32の長さ方向において、第2の作動片32の突き合わせ縁32aに突設された規制凸部32gの長さよりも長く形成され、また、第2の作動片32の突き合わせ縁32aに穿設された規制凹部32fの長さは、第2の作動片32及び第1の作動片30の長さ方向において、第1の作動片30の突き合わせ縁30aに突設された規制凸部30gの長さよりも長く形成されている。
而して、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14に被綴じ物Sを綴じ込んだときに、綴具10の長さ方向において下方(手前側)に向けてのみ荷重がかかったときには、綴じ環係止部50において、第2の綴じ部材12b及び第4の綴じ部材14bが、係止された第1の綴じ部材12a及び第3の綴じ部材14a側に向けて(下方(手前側)に向けて)転位して、第1の綴じ環12の綴じ環係止部50に強く喰い込み、被綴じ物Sの重みで綴じ環係止部50が脱係することがない。
The movement restricting portion includes a restricting recess 30f and a restricting convex portion 30g formed on the butting edge 30a of one first operating piece 30, and a restricting recess 32f formed on the butting edge 32a of the other second operating piece 32. And when the binding rings 12 and 14 are closed at the binding ring locking portion 50, the restriction recess 30f of the first operating piece 30 is locked. The restricting convex portion 32g of the other second operating piece 32 so as to allow the other binding member (the second binding member 12b and the fourth binding member 14b) to move in the direction in which the locking portion 50 is released. It is formed in the length which can accept | permit movement.
In this embodiment, the length of the restriction recess 30f formed in the butt edge 30a of the first working piece 30 is the same as the length of the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 in the length direction. The length of the regulation concave portion 32f formed in the butting edge 32a of the second working piece 32 is longer than the length of the regulation convex portion 32g projecting on the butting edge 32a of the second working piece 32. In the length direction of the second working piece 32 and the first working piece 30, the length is longer than the length of the restricting convex portion 30 g protruding from the butt edge 30 a of the first working piece 30.
Thus, when the object to be bound S was bound into the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14, a load was applied only downward (front side) in the length direction of the binding tool 10. Sometimes, in the binding ring locking portion 50, the second binding member 12b and the fourth binding member 14b are directed toward the locked first binding member 12a and third binding member 14a (downward (front side). The binding ring locking portion 50 is not disengaged by the weight of the object S to be bound.

しかも、保持部材16の向こう側の貫通孔26及び手前側の貫通孔28は、次のように、保持部材16の長さ方向における位置が変化づけられていることと相俟って、より第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14の綴じ環係止部50が被綴じ物Sの重みで綴具10の長さ方向において下方(手前側)に向けてのみ荷重がかかったときには、脱係することを防ぐことができる。
B側貫通孔26aとA側貫通孔26bとは、保持部材16の長さ方向における位置が変化づけられ、B側貫通孔26aの手前側縁がA側貫通孔26bの手前側縁より向こう側に位置している。
B側貫通孔28aとA側貫通孔28bとは、保持部材16の長さ方向における位置が変化づけられ、B側貫通孔28aの手前側縁がA側貫通孔28bの手前側縁より向こう側に位置している。
In addition, the through-hole 26 on the far side and the through-hole 28 on the near side of the holding member 16 are further coupled with the fact that the position in the length direction of the holding member 16 is changed as follows. When the binding ring locking portion 50 of the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 is loaded only downward (front side) in the length direction of the binding tool 10 due to the weight of the binding object S, It is possible to prevent being disengaged.
The positions of the B-side through hole 26a and the A-side through hole 26b in the length direction of the holding member 16 are changed, and the near side edge of the B side through hole 26a is farther from the near side edge of the A side through hole 26b. Is located.
The positions of the B-side through hole 28a and the A-side through hole 28b in the length direction of the holding member 16 are changed, and the near side edge of the B side through hole 28a is on the far side from the near side edge of the A side through hole 28b. Is located.

第1の作動片30の突き合わせ縁30a側及び第2の作動片32の突き合わせ縁32a側において、第1の綴じ環12と第2の綴じ環14とを開閉方向に変化させる開閉部材40が設けられている。
前記開閉部材40は、前記作動部材18を構成する一対の作動片すなわち第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32との間において、一対の第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32をそれぞれ逆方向に移動させるとともに、綴じ環すなわち第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14の開閉状態を保持させるように、第1の作動片30に間隔をおいて固定された綴じ環すなわち第1の綴じ部材12a及び第3の綴じ部材14aの基部を結ぶ方向と斜めに交差する方向であり、且つ作動片32に間隔をおいて固定された綴じ環すなわち第2の綴じ部材12b及び第4の綴じ部材14bの基部を結ぶ方向と斜めに交差する方向に、架け渡されている。
開閉部材40は、引っ張りコイルバネからなり、巻線部44と、巻線部44の両端から巻線部44を巻き起こしてフックとした固定先端部42a及び固定先端部42bとを備える。開閉部材40は、図6(A)に示すように、巻線部44の円周方向に規制腕部46aと規制腕部46bとが平行に突き出されている。
An opening / closing member 40 for changing the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 in the opening / closing direction is provided on the butting edge 30a side of the first operating piece 30 and the butting edge 32a side of the second operating piece 32. It has been.
The opening / closing member 40 includes a pair of first operating pieces 30 and second operating pieces between a pair of operating pieces constituting the operating member 18, that is, between the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32. The binding is fixed to the first operating piece 30 at an interval so that each of the binding rings 32 is moved in the opposite direction and the open / close state of the binding ring, that is, the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 is maintained. The binding ring, that is, the second binding member 12b, which is a direction obliquely intersecting with the direction connecting the bases of the ring, that is, the first binding member 12a and the third binding member 14a, and is fixed to the operating piece 32 at an interval. And it spans in the direction which cross | intersects the direction which connects the base of the 4th binding member 14b diagonally.
The opening / closing member 40 is formed of a tension coil spring, and includes a winding portion 44, and a fixed tip portion 42 a and a fixed tip portion 42 b that are hooked by winding the winding portion 44 from both ends of the winding portion 44. As shown in FIG. 6A, the opening / closing member 40 has a regulating arm portion 46a and a regulating arm portion 46b protruding in parallel in the circumferential direction of the winding portion 44.

前記開閉部材40は、第1の綴じ環12と第2の綴じ環14とが閉じた状態において、無負荷時には密着していた巻線部44がのびるように引っ張られた引っ張り荷重を受けた状態で、荷重を受ける固定先端部42aが第1の作動片30に、固定先端部42bが第2の作動片32に固定されている。
更に、第1の綴じ環12と第2の綴じ環14とが閉じた状態において、開いた状態から閉じた状態への方向に向けて第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32とを突き合わせ縁30a及び突き合わせ縁32aを中心に回動させる方向に、巻線部44(コイル)の中心軸まわりにねじりモーメントを受け、ばねに荷重が加わり、素線に曲げ応力を発生させて、固定先端部42aが第1の作動片30に、固定先端部42bが第2の作動片32に固定されている。
この場合、開閉部材40は、巻線部44にねじりモーメントなどの負荷が加わっていない状態(図6(A)図示)からみて、巻線部44の巻き数が1巻以上増えるように巻線部44を1回転以上ねじった状態(固定先端部42a及び規制腕部46aがR方向、固定先端部42b及び規制腕部46bがQ方向(図5及び図6(A)図示))で、固定先端部42a及び42bが開閉部材固定部38a及び開閉部材固定部38bにそれぞれ固定される。
ばねに荷重を加える荷重の方向としては、巻線部44(コイル)を巻き込む方向に向くように構成されている。
When the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are closed, the opening / closing member 40 is subjected to a tensile load that is stretched so that the winding portion 44 that is in close contact at the time of no load extends. Thus, the fixed tip 42 a receiving the load is fixed to the first working piece 30, and the fixed tip 42 b is fixed to the second working piece 32.
Further, when the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are closed, the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 are moved in the direction from the open state to the closed state. In the direction of rotation about the butt edge 30a and the butt edge 32a, a torsional moment is applied around the central axis of the winding portion 44 (coil), a load is applied to the spring, and bending stress is generated on the element wire to fix The distal end portion 42 a is fixed to the first operating piece 30, and the fixed distal end portion 42 b is fixed to the second operating piece 32.
In this case, the opening / closing member 40 is wound so that the number of turns of the winding portion 44 is increased by one or more when viewed from a state where a load such as a torsional moment is not applied to the winding portion 44 (shown in FIG. 6A). Fixed in a state where the portion 44 is twisted one or more times (the fixed tip 42a and the restricting arm 46a are in the R direction, and the fixed tip 42b and the restricting arm 46b are in the Q direction (shown in FIGS. 5 and 6A)). The tip portions 42a and 42b are fixed to the opening / closing member fixing portion 38a and the opening / closing member fixing portion 38b, respectively.
The direction of the load that applies the load to the spring is configured to face the direction in which the winding portion 44 (coil) is wound.

規制腕部46a及び規制腕部46bは、固定先端部42a及び固定先端部42bの第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32に固定される側から巻線部44の中心軸と直交する方向にのび、一方の規制腕部46aと他方の規制腕部46bとは、ねじりモーメントが発生しない元の状態は、図5及び図6(A)に示すように、巻線部44の円周方向に略平行に突き出され、互いに反対向きにのびる。
一方の規制腕部46aは、固定先端部42aが第1の作動片30の開閉部材固定部38aに固定されたとき、第1の作動片30の裏面にその先端が突き当たり、他方の規制腕部46bは、固定先端部42bが第2の作動片32の開閉部材固定部38bに固定されたとき、第2の作動片32の裏面(下面)にその先端が突き当たり、丸フックの固定先端部42a及び固定先端部42bが大きく傾くことなく、常に正規の状態にて開閉部材固定部38a及び開閉部材固定部38bに固定されるように構成されている。
ねじりモーメントが発生しない元の状態においては、一方の規制腕部46aともう一方の規制腕部46bとは平行になるように形成されている。
The restricting arm portion 46a and the restricting arm portion 46b are orthogonal to the central axis of the winding portion 44 from the side of the fixed tip portion 42a and the fixed tip portion 42b fixed to the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32. As shown in FIG. 5 and FIG. 6 (A), the one state of the restricting arm portion 46a and the other restricting arm portion 46b extends in the direction. Projected almost parallel to the direction and extended in opposite directions.
When one of the restricting arm portions 46a is fixed to the opening / closing member fixing portion 38a of the first operating piece 30, the tip of the restricting arm portion 46a abuts against the back surface of the first operating piece 30 and the other restricting arm portion 46a is engaged. 46b, when the fixed tip 42b is fixed to the opening / closing member fixing portion 38b of the second working piece 32, the tip hits the back surface (lower surface) of the second working piece 32, and the fixed tip 42a of the round hook. The fixed tip 42b is always fixed to the open / close member fixing portion 38a and the open / close member fixing portion 38b in a normal state without being greatly inclined.
In the original state where no torsional moment is generated, one restricting arm portion 46a and the other restricting arm portion 46b are formed in parallel.

開閉部材40は、その固定先端部42aの一端が一方の作動片、すなわち第1の作動片30の裏面(下面)に形成された開閉部材固定部38aに係止固定され、開閉部材40の固定先端部42b一端が、他方の作動片、すなわち第2の作動片32の裏面(下面)に形成された開閉部材固定部38bに係止固定されている。
開閉部材固定部38aは、第1の作動片30の裏面(下面)であって、第1の作動片30の長手方向の中心C(図7及び図9図示)より第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14を開くときに第1の作動片30の移動する方向側にずれた位置に形成され、開閉部材固定部38bは、第2の作動片32の裏面(下面)であって、第2の作動片32の長手方向の中心C(図7及び図9図示)より第1の綴じ杆12及び第2の綴じ杆14を開くときに第2の作動片32の移動する方向側にずれた位置に形成されている。
The opening / closing member 40 has one end of the fixed distal end portion 42 a locked and fixed to one operating piece, that is, an opening / closing member fixing portion 38 a formed on the back surface (lower surface) of the first operating piece 30. One end of the distal end portion 42b is locked and fixed to an opening / closing member fixing portion 38b formed on the other operation piece, that is, the back surface (lower surface) of the second operation piece 32.
The opening / closing member fixing portion 38 a is the back surface (lower surface) of the first working piece 30, and the first binding ring 12 and the center C (shown in FIGS. 7 and 9) of the first working piece 30 in the longitudinal direction. When the second binding ring 14 is opened, it is formed at a position shifted to the moving direction side of the first operating piece 30, and the opening / closing member fixing portion 38 b is the back surface (lower surface) of the second operating piece 32. The side in which the second operating piece 32 moves when the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 are opened from the longitudinal center C of the second operating piece 32 (shown in FIGS. 7 and 9). It is formed in the position shifted to.

開閉部材固定部38aは、第1の作動片30の裏面に続く係止基部38a1と、係止基部38a1の先端(下端)に開閉部材40とは反対側に向けてのびる係止外れ止め部38a2が突設された、側面L字形である。
開閉部材固定部38bは、第2の作動片32の裏面に続く係止基部38b1と、係止基部38b1の先端(下端)に開閉部材40とは反対側に向けてのびる係止外れ止め部38b2が突設された、側面L字形である。
開閉部材固定部38aと開閉部材固定部38bとは、第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32の長手方向の中心Cを中心として、点対称に形成されている。
The opening / closing member fixing portion 38a includes a locking base portion 38a1 following the back surface of the first operating piece 30, and a locking release preventing portion 38a2 extending toward the opposite side of the opening / closing member 40 at the tip (lower end) of the locking base portion 38a1. Is a side L-shape projecting.
The opening / closing member fixing portion 38b includes a locking base portion 38b1 following the back surface of the second working piece 32, and a locking release prevention portion 38b2 extending toward the opposite side of the opening / closing member 40 at the tip (lower end) of the locking base portion 38b1. Is a side L-shape projecting.
The opening / closing member fixing part 38 a and the opening / closing member fixing part 38 b are formed symmetrically with respect to the longitudinal center C of the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32.

開閉部材40は、第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32との突き合わせ縁30aおよび突き合わせ縁32aが、谷折り状態(図10図示)、すなわち保持部材16の被綴じ物載置部22の内面より離れた状態に保持された状態にあるときに、伸展した状態となるように、第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32との間において斜めに架け渡され、この状態において、元の状態に戻ろうとする力が働くように構成されている。
開閉部材40は、第1の作動片30および第2の作動片32のそれぞれの長手方向、すなわち第1の作動片30の綴じ部材12aを固定する部位と綴じ部材14aを固定する部位とを結ぶ線(前後軸X1(図7図示))および第2の作動片32の綴じ部材12bを固定する部位と綴じ部材14bを固定する部位とを結ぶ線(前後軸X2(図7図示))と斜めに交差する方向に架け渡されている。
In the opening / closing member 40, the butted edges 30 a and the butted edges 32 a of the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 are in a valley folded state (shown in FIG. 10), that is, the binding object mounting portion 22 of the holding member 16. When it is in a state of being held away from the inner surface of the first and second operating pieces 30, the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 are slanted so as to be extended. The force to return to the original state works.
The opening / closing member 40 connects the longitudinal direction of each of the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32, that is, the part fixing the binding member 12 a of the first operating piece 30 and the part fixing the binding member 14 a. A line (front / rear axis X2 (shown in FIG. 7)) connecting the line (front / rear axis X1 (shown in FIG. 7)) and a portion where the binding member 12b of the second working piece 32 is fixed to a portion where the binding member 14b is fixed is diagonally It is bridged in the direction that intersects

第1の作動片30の開閉部材固定部38aと第2の作動片32の開閉部材固定部38bとは、突き合わせ縁30a及び突き合わせ縁32aの長手方向における中央C(図7及び図9図示)を回転軸として点対称となるように形成され、開閉部材40が突き合わせ縁30a及び突き合わせ縁32aの長手方向における中央C(図7及び図9図示)より均一な長さによって固定先端部42aが開閉部材固定部38aに、固定先端部42bが開閉部材固定部38bに係止されて、均一な力が第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32にかかるように構成されている。
第1の作動片30の突き合わせ縁30a及び第2の作動片32の突き合わせ縁32aにおいて突き合わされた第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32との間における距離を、一定に保ち、第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32とを引き寄せてそれぞれの位置関係を最適な状態に保つ。
したがって、綴じ環を構成する第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14の開閉時において、第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32が突き合わせ縁30a及び突き合わせ縁32aを枢軸として揺動するときにおいて、第1の作動片30の幅と第2の作動片32の幅との和が最大になったとき、すなわち、第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32とが平面状態になったときにおいても、第1の作動片30の最も外側の縁(外側端縁30b)と保持部材16の第1の保持壁24aとの間及び第2の作動片32の最も外側の縁(外側端縁32b)と保持部材16の第2の保持壁24bとの間に適宜な間隙が生じ、保持部材16の保持空間内において作動部材18の第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32が円滑に移動できる。
The opening / closing member fixing portion 38a of the first operating piece 30 and the opening / closing member fixing portion 38b of the second operating piece 32 have a center C (shown in FIGS. 7 and 9) in the longitudinal direction of the butting edge 30a and the butting edge 32a. The opening / closing member 40 is formed to be point-symmetric with respect to the rotation axis, and the fixed distal end portion 42a has an opening / closing member having a uniform length from the center C (shown in FIGS. 7 and 9) in the longitudinal direction of the butt edge 30a and the butt edge 32a. The fixed tip portion 42b is locked to the opening / closing member fixing portion 38b to the fixing portion 38a, and a uniform force is applied to the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32.
The distance between the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 abutted at the butting edge 30a of the first working piece 30 and the butting edge 32a of the second working piece 32 is kept constant, The first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 are pulled together to keep their positional relationship in an optimum state.
Therefore, when the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 constituting the binding ring are opened and closed, the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 swing around the butting edge 30a and the butting edge 32a as pivots. When moving, when the sum of the width of the first working piece 30 and the width of the second working piece 32 is maximized, that is, the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 are flat. Even in this state, the outermost edge (outer edge 30 b) of the first operating piece 30 and the first holding wall 24 a of the holding member 16 and the outermost edge of the second operating piece 32 are also present. An appropriate gap is generated between the edge (outer end edge 32 b) and the second holding wall 24 b of the holding member 16, and the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 30 of the working member 18 in the holding space of the holding member 16. The operating piece 32 can move smoothly.

開閉部材固定部38a及び開閉部材固定部38bは、図7に示すように、突き合わせ縁30a及び突き合わせ縁32aの長手方向における中央C(図7D図示)と開閉部材固定部38a及び開閉部材固定部38bとを結ぶ線X3(図7D図示)に沿って、開閉部材40が突き合わせ縁30a及び突き合わせ縁30aと斜めに交差して架け渡されるように形成されている。
すなわち、開閉部材40の開閉部材固定部38aは、突き合わせ縁30aの長手方向における中央C(図7D図示)と開閉部材固定部38aを結ぶ線X3(図7D図示)に沿って、開閉部材40が架け渡されるように形成されている。
開閉部材40の開閉部材固定部38bは、突き合わせ縁32aの長手方向における中央C(図7D図示)と開閉部材固定部38bとを結ぶ線X3(図7D図示)に沿って、開閉部材40が架け渡されるように形成されている。
開閉部材固定部38aの係止基部38a1及び開閉部材固定部38bの係止基部38b1が前記線X3に直交し、開閉部材固定部38aの係止基部38a1及び開閉部材固定部38bの係止基部38b1の先端(下端)に、それぞれ開閉部材40とは反対側に向けて前記線X3(図7D図示)に沿ってのびる係止外れ止め部38a2(開閉部材固定部38aの)及び係止外れ止め部38b2(開閉部材固定部38bの)が形成された、側面略L字型に形成されている。開閉部材固定部38aと開閉部材固定部38bとは、突き合わせ縁30a及び突き合わせ縁32aの長手方向における中央C(図7D図示)を中心とした点対称形に形成されている。
As shown in FIG. 7, the opening / closing member fixing portion 38 a and the opening / closing member fixing portion 38 b include a center C (shown in FIG. 7D) in the longitudinal direction of the butt edge 30 a and the butt edge 32 a, the opening / closing member fixing portion 38 a, and the opening / closing member fixing portion 38 b. Along the line X3 (shown in FIG. 7D) connecting the opening / closing member 40, the opening / closing member 40 is formed so as to cross over the butt edge 30a and the butt edge 30a obliquely.
That is, the opening / closing member fixing portion 38a of the opening / closing member 40 is arranged along the line X3 (shown in FIG. 7D) connecting the center C (shown in FIG. 7D) in the longitudinal direction of the butting edge 30a and the opening / closing member fixing portion 38a. It is formed to be bridged.
The opening / closing member fixing portion 38b of the opening / closing member 40 extends along the line X3 (shown in FIG. 7D) connecting the center C (shown in FIG. 7D) in the longitudinal direction of the butting edge 32a and the opening / closing member fixing portion 38b. It is formed to be passed.
The locking base 38a1 of the opening / closing member fixing portion 38a and the locking base 38b1 of the opening / closing member fixing portion 38b are orthogonal to the line X3, and the locking base 38a1 of the opening / closing member fixing portion 38a and the locking base 38b1 of the opening / closing member fixing portion 38b. The locking release preventing portion 38a2 (of the opening / closing member fixing portion 38a) and the locking release preventing portion extending along the line X3 (shown in FIG. 7D) toward the tip (lower end) of the opening and closing member 40, respectively. 38b2 (opening / closing member fixing portion 38b) is formed in a substantially L-shaped side surface. The opening / closing member fixing portion 38a and the opening / closing member fixing portion 38b are formed in a point-symmetrical manner with the center C (shown in FIG. 7D) in the longitudinal direction of the butt edge 30a and the butt edge 32a as the center.

そして、1対の前記第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、前記保持部材16の長手方向において互いに逆方向に移動させることにより、前記綴じ部材の組み合わせによる前記第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14が分離され、前記第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14が分離されたときに、前記開閉部材40は、前記第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32とを付勢して、前記第1の綴じ部材12aと第2の綴じ部材12b及び第3の綴じ部材14aと第4の綴じ部材14bとを開放させる。   The pair of the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 are moved in opposite directions in the longitudinal direction of the holding member 16, so that the first binding ring is formed by the combination of the binding members. 12 and the second binding ring 14 are separated, and when the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are separated, the opening / closing member 40 is connected to the first operating piece 30 and the second binding ring 14. The operating piece 32 is urged to release the first binding member 12a, the second binding member 12b, the third binding member 14a, and the fourth binding member 14b.

そして、開閉部材40の弾性により、作動部材18を構成する第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、第1の綴じ環12と第2の綴じ環14を手で開き始めたとき、すなわち、第1の綴じ環12と第2の綴じ環14のそれぞれの綴じ環係止部50を外したとき、伸びていた開閉部材40の巻線部44を更に伸ばす方向に作用させ、第1の綴じ環12の第1の綴じ部材12aと第2の綴じ部材12bとが離れる方向(第1の綴じ部材12aはO1方向で、第2の綴じ部材12bはO2方向(図7図示))および第2の綴じ環14の第3の綴じ部材14aと第4の綴じ部材14bとが離れる方向(第3の綴じ部材14aはO1方向で、第4の綴じ部材14bはO2方向(図7図示))に移動し、第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32とをそれぞれ逆方向(第1の作動片30はO1方向で、第2の作動片32はO2方向(図7図示))に移動させるように作用する(図11参照)。   When the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 constituting the operating member 18 start to open the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 by hand due to the elasticity of the opening / closing member 40. That is, when the binding ring locking portions 50 of the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are removed, the winding portion 44 of the opening / closing member 40 that has been extended is caused to act in a further extending direction. A direction in which the first binding member 12a and the second binding member 12b of the first binding ring 12 are separated (the first binding member 12a is in the O1 direction, and the second binding member 12b is in the O2 direction (shown in FIG. 7)). And a direction in which the third binding member 14a and the fourth binding member 14b of the second binding ring 14 are separated (the third binding member 14a is in the O1 direction, and the fourth binding member 14b is in the O2 direction (shown in FIG. 7). )), The first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 are reversed. The first actuating piece 30 is moved in the O1 direction and the second actuating piece 32 is moved in the O2 direction (shown in FIG. 7) (see FIG. 11).

さらに、開閉部材40は、第1の綴じ部材12aと第2の綴じ部材12bとをおよび第3の綴じ部材14aと第4の綴じ部材14bとを円周方向(図7図示の左右軸Y1および左右軸Y2方向)に引き離すように作用する。ねじられていた開閉部材40は、図6(B)(C)の矢印方向に示すように元の状態に戻ろうとして、第1の綴じ部材12aと第2の綴じ部材12bとをおよび第3の綴じ部材14aと第4の綴じ部材14bとを第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14の円周方向(第1の綴じ部材12aおよび第3の綴じ部材14aはO3方向、第2の綴じ部材12bおよび第4の綴じ部材14bはO4方向(図7図示))に引き離すように作用する(図14(A)参照)。   Further, the opening / closing member 40 moves the first binding member 12a and the second binding member 12b and the third binding member 14a and the fourth binding member 14b in the circumferential direction (the left and right axes Y1 and Y shown in FIG. 7). It works to pull away in the left and right axis Y2 direction). The twisted opening / closing member 40 returns the first binding member 12a and the second binding member 12b to the original state as shown in the arrow directions of FIGS. 6B and 6C and the third binding member 12b. The binding member 14a and the fourth binding member 14b are arranged in the circumferential direction of the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 (the first binding member 12a and the third binding member 14a are in the O3 direction, The binding member 12b and the fourth binding member 14b act so as to be separated in the O4 direction (shown in FIG. 7) (see FIG. 14A).

そして、開閉部材40は、開閉部材40の弾性により伸びていた巻線部44が縮む方向に作用して、作動部材18を構成する第1の作動片30は、綴じ環係止部50を閉じる位置の方向(O1とは反対の方向(図7図示))に移動し、且つ、第2の作動片32は、綴じ環係止部50を閉じる位置の方向(O2とは反対の方向(図7図示))に移動する。(図14(B)及び15参照)。
すなわち、第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、平面状態から山折り状態に変わる。第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14は、開く方向(第1の綴じ部材12a及び第3の綴じ部材14aはO3方向、第2の綴じ部材12b及び第4の綴じ部材14bはO4方向)に回転して開く。
開閉部材40は、第1の綴じ環12と第2の綴じ環14とを開いた状態にしたとき、第1の作動片30の突き合わせ縁30aと第2の作動片32の突き合わせ縁32aとが山折り状態、すなわち、保持部材16の被綴じ物載置部22の内側面に近づいた状態に保持するように作用する。
Then, the opening / closing member 40 acts in a direction in which the winding portion 44 that has been extended by the elasticity of the opening / closing member 40 contracts, and the first operating piece 30 constituting the operating member 18 closes the binding ring locking portion 50. It moves in the direction of the position (the direction opposite to O1 (shown in FIG. 7)), and the second actuating piece 32 closes the binding ring locking portion 50 (the direction opposite to O2 (the direction opposite to O2). 7))). (See FIGS. 14B and 15).
That is, the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 change from a flat state to a mountain folded state. The first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are in the opening direction (the first binding member 12a and the third binding member 14a are in the O3 direction, and the second binding member 12b and the fourth binding member 14b are in O4 direction. Direction) to open.
When the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are opened, the opening / closing member 40 has a butt edge 30a of the first working piece 30 and a butt edge 32a of the second working piece 32. It acts to hold in the mountain folded state, that is, the state close to the inner surface of the binding object mounting portion 22 of the holding member 16.

保持部材16の被綴じ物載置部22には、被綴じ物載置部22の長手方向に延びる膨出部22aが形成され、膨出部22aは、その内側に窪み部が形成され、作動部材18の突き合わせ縁30a及び突き合わせ縁32aが上側に向いて回転し且つ突き合わせ縁30a及び突き合わせ縁32aが上側に向いて回転するとともに、開閉部材40が上側に向いて移動したときに、被綴じ物載置部22の内面と当接しないようにするために、被綴じ物載置部22の長手方向に延びて形成されている。
そして、前記保持部材16は、作動部材18に間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14の基部を結ぶ方向に近い方向にのびる保持壁24及び被綴じ物載置部22を有し、前記保持部材16の保持壁24及び被綴じ物載置部22により、作動部材18を保持部材16の内側に保持するための保持部が形成され、前記作動部材16及び開閉部材40は、前記第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14を開閉するとき、前記保持空間内において移動するように構成されている。
The binding object mounting portion 22 of the holding member 16 is formed with a bulging portion 22a extending in the longitudinal direction of the binding object mounting portion 22, and the bulging portion 22a is formed with a recess portion on the inside thereof. When the butting edge 30a and the butting edge 32a of the member 18 rotate upward, the butting edge 30a and the butting edge 32a rotate upward, and the opening / closing member 40 moves upward, the object to be bound In order not to come into contact with the inner surface of the placement portion 22, the binding portion placement portion 22 is formed to extend in the longitudinal direction.
The holding member 16 includes a holding wall 24 extending in a direction close to a direction connecting the bases of the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 provided at intervals to the operating member 18 and the object to be bound. A holding portion for holding the operating member 18 inside the holding member 16 is formed by the holding wall 24 and the binding object mounting portion 22 of the holding member 16, and the operating member 16 and The opening / closing member 40 is configured to move in the holding space when opening and closing the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14.

前記保持部材16は、前記したように、作動部材18に間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴じ環12と第2の綴じ環14との基部を結ぶ方向(図7図示X1及びX2方向)に近い方向にのびる、第1の保持壁24aと第2の保持壁24bとからなる保持壁24を有し、前記保持壁24は、作動部材18に間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴じ環12と第2の綴じ環14の基部を結ぶ方向(図7図示X1及びX2方向)と交差する方向にのびて、保持壁24の外側に向いて突出する第1の作動片30の突出部30c1と突出部30c2及び第2の作動片32の突出部32c1と突出部32c2を保持する保持部、すなわち第1の保持壁24aに形成された第1の保持部60及び第1の保持部62と、第2の保持壁24bに形成された第2の保持部64及び第2の保持部66とを有している。
該第1の保持部60及び第1の保持部62は、前記保持壁24の一部を作動部材18の突出部30c1と突出部30c2より外側に打ち出された第1の保持部60及び第1の保持部62が、保持部材16の内側に嵌装された作動部材18の突出部30c1と突出部30c2を保持するように、保持壁24(第1の保持壁24a)の内側に向けて凹まされてなる。
また、第2の保持部64及び第2の保持部66は、前記保持壁24の一部を作動部材18の突出部32c1と突出部32c2より外側に打ち出された第2の保持部64及び第2の保持部66が、保持部材16の内側に嵌装された作動部材18の突出部32c1と突出部32c2を保持するように、保持壁24(第2の保持壁24b)の内側に向けて凹まされてなる。
As described above, the holding member 16 connects the base portions of the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 that are provided at intervals in the operating member 18 (directions X1 and X2 in FIG. 7). A holding wall 24 composed of a first holding wall 24 a and a second holding wall 24 b extending in a direction close to the first binding wall 24, and the holding wall 24 is a first binding provided at intervals on the operating member 18. A projecting portion of the first working piece 30 projecting toward the outside of the holding wall 24 extending in a direction intersecting the direction connecting the base of the ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 (direction X1 and X2 in FIG. 7). 30c1, the protruding portion 30c2, and the holding portion for holding the protruding portion 32c1 and the protruding portion 32c2 of the second working piece 32, that is, the first holding portion 60 and the first holding portion 62 formed on the first holding wall 24a. And the second holding part 64 and the second formed on the second holding wall 24b. And a holding portion 66.
The first holding part 60 and the first holding part 62 are formed by projecting a part of the holding wall 24 outwardly from the projecting part 30c1 and the projecting part 30c2 of the operating member 18. The holding portion 62 is recessed toward the inside of the holding wall 24 (first holding wall 24a) so as to hold the protruding portion 30c1 and the protruding portion 30c2 of the operating member 18 fitted inside the holding member 16. Being done.
Further, the second holding portion 64 and the second holding portion 66 are formed by the second holding portion 64 and the second holding portion 64 that are formed by projecting a part of the holding wall 24 outwardly from the protruding portions 32c1 and 32c2 of the operating member 18. The second holding portion 66 faces the inside of the holding wall 24 (second holding wall 24b) so as to hold the protruding portion 32c1 and the protruding portion 32c2 of the operating member 18 fitted inside the holding member 16. Being recessed.

前記第1の保持部60及び第1の保持部62と第2の保持部64及び第2の保持部66は、前記作動部材18の第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32の下面に沿って、前記保持壁24の下縁との間に間隔をおいて細い切り込み68aと切り込み70a及び切り込み72aと切り込み74aが形成され、該切り込み68aと切り込み70a及び切り込み72aと切り込み74aと保持壁24の下縁との間における保持壁24の外方に向けて打ち出された領域により、第1の保持部60及び第1の保持部62と第2の保持部64及び第2の保持部66が形成されている(図22(A)(B)参照)。
そして、第1の保持部60及び第1の保持部62と第2の保持部64及び第2の保持部66を構成する該領域が、保持部材16の内側に嵌装された作動部材18の突出部30c1と突出部30c2及び突出部32c1と突出部32c2の下面を保持するように内側に向けて打ち出され、保持壁24の該切り込み68aと切り込み70a及び切り込み72aと切り込み74aと保持壁24の下縁との間の領域以外の領域より内側に向けて凹まされて、第1の保持部60及び第1の保持部62と第2の保持部64及び第2の保持部66が形成されている(図23(A)(B)参照)。
The first holding part 60, the first holding part 62, the second holding part 64, and the second holding part 66 are the lower surfaces of the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 of the operating member 18. A thin cut 68a, a cut 70a, a cut 72a, and a cut 74a are formed at a distance from the lower edge of the holding wall 24, and the cut 68a, the cut 70a, the cut 72a, the cut 74a, and the holding wall are formed. The first holding portion 60, the first holding portion 62, the second holding portion 64, and the second holding portion 66 are formed by the region that is struck outward from the lower edge of the holding wall 24. (See FIGS. 22A and 22B).
And the area | region which comprises the 1st holding | maintenance part 60 and the 1st holding | maintenance part 62, the 2nd holding | maintenance part 64, and the 2nd holding | maintenance part 66 of the operating member 18 fitted inside the holding member 16 is shown. The projecting portion 30c1, the projecting portion 30c2, the projecting portion 32c1, and the projecting portion 32c2 are struck inward so as to hold the lower surfaces of the projecting portion 32c1 and the projecting portion 32c2, and the notch 68a, the notch 70a, the notch 72a, the notch 74a and the retaining wall 24 The first holding portion 60, the first holding portion 62, the second holding portion 64, and the second holding portion 66 are formed to be recessed inward from the region other than the region between the lower edge. (See FIGS. 23A and 23B).

第1の綴じ環12は、略Dの字状の綴じ環となるように、略L字状の第1の綴じ部材12aと略半円弧状の第2の綴じ部材12bとから構成され、第2の綴じ環14は、略Dの字状の綴じ環となるように、略L字状の第3の綴じ部材14aと略半円弧状の第4の綴じ部材14bとから構成されている。そして、用紙等の被綴じ物Sに予め穿設された綴じ孔に挿通して、用紙等の被綴じ物Sを綴じることができるように、第1の綴じ部材12aおよび第2の綴じ部材12bと、第3の綴じ部材14aと第4の綴じ部材14bの先端、すなわち第1の綴じ環12および第2の綴じ環14の頂部において、綴じ環係止部50が形成されている。   The first binding ring 12 includes a substantially L-shaped first binding member 12a and a substantially semicircular arc-shaped second binding member 12b so as to form a substantially D-shaped binding ring. The second binding ring 14 includes a substantially L-shaped third binding member 14a and a substantially semicircular arc-shaped fourth binding member 14b so as to form a substantially D-shaped binding ring. Then, the first binding member 12a and the second binding member 12b are inserted so that the binding object S such as a sheet can be bound by being inserted into a binding hole previously formed in the binding object S such as a sheet. And the binding ring latching | locking part 50 is formed in the front-end | tip of the 1st binding ring 12 and the 2nd binding ring 14 at the front-end | tip of the 3rd binding member 14a and the 4th binding member 14b.

前記綴じ環を構成する第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14は、断面円形状金属製線材を、綴じ環係止部50を外す方向(図7のO1及びO2の方向)にのばし、且つ中央部分を押さえることによって綴じ環を閉じる方向に対してわん曲させて形成されている。そして、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14は、中央が綴じ環を開く方向(第1の綴じ部材12a及び第3の綴じ部材14aは、図7のO3方向、第2の綴じ部材12b及び第4の綴じ部材14bは、図7のO4方向)に膨み且つ両端が綴じ環を閉じる方向にわん曲した断面略空豆(ビーンズ)型の形状に形成されている。
すなわち、環状の第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14を開閉方向に見て、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14の内側は波状起伏面が形成され、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14の外側は半円弧状に形成されている。そして、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14は、綴じ環を外す方向に見て、両外側が、半円弧状に形成されている。
従来の断面形状丸型の綴じ環は、小径だと変形に弱く、大径にすれば断面積が増して材料費がかさみ、従来の断面形状略長方形の綴じ環は、用紙にあける綴じ穴には丸穴が多いので、用紙等の被綴じ物Sの綴じ穴に対応しにくく、用紙等の被綴じ物Sの綴じ穴を傷つけるおそれがある。
ところが、綴じ環を構成する第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14は、細いならば綴じ環係止部50の嵌合がうまくゆかないときがある。
そのために、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14の幅を広げたいが、元の線材として断面積の小さいものを使用しても、元の金属製線材を加工することにより綴じ環としては必要な幅が確保されるようにしたい。
そこで、本願発明にかかる綴じ環は、それを形成する線材の中央部分を押さえて線材を空豆(ビーンズ)型につぶすことにより全体としての幅を広げ、すなわち、綴じ環の全体の幅を綴じ環係止部50を外す方向に広げて、綴じ環係止部50の嵌合を完全にできるように形成している。
The first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 constituting the binding ring extend the metal wire having a circular cross section in a direction in which the binding ring locking portion 50 is removed (directions O1 and O2 in FIG. 7). In addition, it is formed by bending the binding ring in the closing direction by pressing the center portion. The first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are in the direction in which the center opens the binding ring (the first binding member 12a and the third binding member 14a are the O3 direction in FIG. The member 12b and the fourth binding member 14b are formed in the shape of a substantially bean-shaped section that swells in the direction O4 in FIG. 7 and is bent in the direction in which both ends close the binding ring.
That is, when the annular first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are viewed in the opening and closing direction, a wavy undulating surface is formed inside the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14, The outer sides of the binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are formed in a semicircular arc shape. And the 1st binding ring 12 and the 2nd binding ring 14 are formed in the semicircular arc shape in the both outer sides seeing in the direction which removes a binding ring.
The conventional circular cross-section binding ring is less susceptible to deformation if it has a small diameter, and if it is large, the cross-sectional area increases and material costs increase, and the conventional cross-section binding ring that has a substantially rectangular cross-section has a binding hole in the paper. Since there are many round holes, it is difficult to correspond to the binding hole of the binding object S such as paper, and the binding hole of the binding object S such as paper may be damaged.
However, if the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 constituting the binding ring are thin, the binding of the binding ring locking portion 50 may not be successful.
Therefore, although it is desired to increase the width of the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14, the binding ring can be obtained by processing the original metal wire even if the original wire has a small cross-sectional area. I want to ensure the necessary width.
Therefore, the binding ring according to the present invention increases the overall width by pressing the central portion of the wire forming the wire rod and crushing the wire into a bean shape, that is, the entire width of the binding ring is bound. It is formed so that the binding portion 50 can be completely fitted by spreading in the direction in which the locking portion 50 is removed.

この実施の形態においては、第1の綴じ環12を構成する第1の綴じ部材12a及び第2の綴じ部材12bと第2の綴じ環14を構成する第3の綴じ部材14a及び第4の綴じ部材14bとは、同じ形状、すなわち曲率(曲率半径)が同じものである。
第1の綴じ環12を構成する第1の綴じ部材12a及び第2の綴じ部材12bは、第1の綴じ部材12aの自由端の綴じ環係止部50と、第2の綴じ部材12bの自由端の綴じ環係止部50とを係止することにより、環状に連結される。
また、第2の綴じ環14を構成する第3の綴じ部材14aと第4の綴じ部材14bとは、第3の綴じ部材14aの自由端の綴じ環係止部50と、第4の綴じ部材14bの自由端の綴じ環係止部50とを係止することにより、環状に連結される。
In this embodiment, the first binding member 12a and the second binding member 12b constituting the first binding ring 12 and the third binding member 14a and the fourth binding member constituting the second binding ring 14 are used. The member 14b has the same shape, that is, the same curvature (curvature radius).
The first binding member 12a and the second binding member 12b constituting the first binding ring 12 are the binding ring locking portion 50 at the free end of the first binding member 12a and the free binding of the second binding member 12b. By engaging the end binding ring locking portion 50, it is connected in an annular shape.
Moreover, the 3rd binding member 14a and the 4th binding member 14b which comprise the 2nd binding ring 14 are the binding ring latching | locking part 50 of the free end of the 3rd binding member 14a, and the 4th binding member. By engaging with the binding ring locking portion 50 at the free end of 14b, it is connected in an annular shape.

第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14は、それぞれの基部が第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32に固着された部分(4箇所)を通る左右軸Y1,Y2および前後軸X1,X2(図7図示)を含む平面Pxyと垂直な平面を構成するように、第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32より立設されている。そして、第1の綴じ環12の軸Z1(図7図示)が構成する円形面と第2の綴じ環14の軸Z2(図7図示)が構成する円形面とは、平行で、且つ、第1の綴じ環12と第2の綴じ環14が第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32と固着された部位を通る平面Pxyと垂直となるように構成されている。   The first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 have left and right axes Y1, Y2 and front and rear passing through portions (four places) where the respective base portions are fixed to the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 The first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 are erected so as to form a plane perpendicular to the plane Pxy including the axes X1 and X2 (shown in FIG. 7). The circular surface formed by the axis Z1 (shown in FIG. 7) of the first binding ring 12 and the circular surface formed by the axis Z2 (shown in FIG. 7) of the second binding ring 14 are parallel to each other. The first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are configured to be perpendicular to a plane Pxy passing through a portion where the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 are fixed.

前記綴じ環は、図16〜図21に示すように、直接指で閉じられる主綴じ環たる第1の綴じ環12と、該第1の綴じ環12の閉じる方向に向けての作動に追動する副綴じ環たる第2の綴じ環14とにより構成されている。
そして、第1の綴じ環12と第2の綴じ環14とは、同一方向(図11のO1及びO2方向)に向けて、その綴じ環係止部50を指で外すことができるように構成されている。
第1の綴じ環12を構成する第1の綴じ部材12aの先端に形成された綴じ環係止部50を構成する先端の凸部52a及びその凸部52aに続く凹部52bと、第2の綴じ部材12bの綴じ環係止部50を構成する先端の凸部54a及びその先端の凸部54aに続く凹部54bとは、第1の綴じ環12を閉じたとき係合するように逆方向に向けて突き出しあるいは凹み形成されている。
凸部52a及び凸部54aは、それぞれ先端から内側に向けて湾曲凸面を有する傾斜対向面52c及び湾曲凸面を有する傾斜対向面54cと、傾斜対向面52c及び傾斜対向面54cに続き、凸部52a及び凸部54aの後端(基部側)から除々に先端側(すなわち閉じる方向)に入り込んだ傾斜対向面52d及び傾斜対向面54dが形成され、後端近傍が鉤状で、全体として鉤鼻状に形成されている。
凹部52bは、基部側から先端に向けて湾曲凹面を有する傾斜対向面を備え、凹部54bは、同様に基部側から先端に向けて湾曲凹面を有する傾斜対向面を備えている。
また、第2の綴じ環14を構成する第3の綴じ部材14aの先端に形成された綴じ環係止部50を構成する凸部56a及びその凸部56aに続く凹部56bと、第4の綴じ部材14bの綴じ環係止部50を構成する先端の凸部58a及びその先端の凸部58aに続く凹部58bとは、第2の綴じ環14を閉じたとき係合するように逆方向に向けて突き出しあるいは凹み形成されている。
凸部56a及び凸部58aは、それぞれ先端から内側に向けて湾曲凸面を有する傾斜対向面56c及び湾曲凸面を有する傾斜対向面58cと、傾斜対向面56c及び傾斜対向面58cに続き、凸部56a及び凸部58aの後端(基部側)から除々に先端側(すなわち閉じる方向)に入り込んだ傾斜対向面56d及び傾斜対向面58dが形成され、後端近傍が鉤状で、全体として鉤鼻状に形成されている。
凹部56bは、基部側から先端に向けて湾曲凹面を有する傾斜対向面を備え、凹部58bは、同様に湾曲凹面を有する傾斜対向面を備えている。
As shown in FIGS. 16 to 21, the binding ring is driven by a first binding ring 12 that is a main binding ring that is directly closed by a finger, and an operation toward the closing direction of the first binding ring 12. The second binding ring 14 is a secondary binding ring.
The first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are configured so that the binding ring locking portion 50 can be removed with a finger in the same direction (O1 and O2 directions in FIG. 11). Has been.
The convex part 52a of the front end constituting the binding ring locking part 50 formed at the front end of the first binding member 12a constituting the first binding ring 12, the concave part 52b following the convex part 52a, and the second binding The convex portion 54a at the tip constituting the binding ring locking portion 50 of the member 12b and the concave portion 54b following the convex portion 54a at the tip are directed in opposite directions so as to engage when the first binding ring 12 is closed. Protruding or recessed.
The convex portion 52a and the convex portion 54a are connected to the inclined facing surface 52c having the curved convex surface and the inclined facing surface 54c having the curved convex surface from the tip to the inside, and the convex facing portion 52a. In addition, an inclined facing surface 52d and an inclined facing surface 54d that gradually enter the front end side (that is, the closing direction) from the rear end (base side) of the convex portion 54a are formed. Is formed.
The concave portion 52b includes an inclined facing surface having a curved concave surface from the base side toward the tip, and the concave portion 54b similarly includes an inclined facing surface having a curved concave surface from the base side toward the tip.
Moreover, the convex part 56a which comprises the binding ring latching | locking part 50 formed in the front-end | tip of the 3rd binding member 14a which comprises the 2nd binding ring 14, the recessed part 56b following the convex part 56a, and the 4th binding The convex portion 58a at the distal end constituting the binding ring locking portion 50 of the member 14b and the concave portion 58b following the convex portion 58a at the distal end are directed in opposite directions so as to be engaged when the second binding ring 14 is closed. Protruding or recessed.
The convex portion 56a and the convex portion 58a are connected to the inclined facing surface 56c having the curved convex surface and the inclined facing surface 58c having the curved convex surface, and the inclined facing surface 56c and the inclined facing surface 58c, respectively. In addition, an inclined facing surface 56d and an inclined facing surface 58d that gradually enter the front end side (that is, the closing direction) from the rear end (base side) of the convex portion 58a are formed, and the vicinity of the rear end is bowl-like, and the whole is in a nose-like shape. Is formed.
The concave portion 56b includes an inclined facing surface having a curved concave surface from the base side toward the tip, and the concave portion 58b similarly includes an inclined facing surface having a curved concave surface.

第1の綴じ部材12aの綴じ環係止部50を構成する凸部52a及び第3の綴じ部材14aの綴じ環係止部50を構成する凸部56aは、同一方向に向けて突き出し設けられ、先端部から基部側にかけて形成された湾曲凸面を備え、両方が同一形状に形成されている。
また、第1の綴じ部材12aの綴じ環係止部50を構成する凹部52b及び第3の綴じ部材14aの綴じ環係止部50を構成する凹部56bは、同一方向に向けて凹み形成され、凸部54a及び凸部56aの後端から基部側にかけて形成された湾曲凹面を備え、両方が同一形状に形成されている。
第2の綴じ部材12bの綴じ環係止部50を構成する凸部54a及び第4の綴じ部材14bの綴じ環係止部50を構成する凸部58aは、同一方向に向けて突き出し設けられ、先端部から基部側にかけて形成された湾曲凸面を備え、両方が同一形状に形成されている。
また、第2の綴じ部材12bの綴じ環係止部50を構成する凹部54b及び第4の綴じ部材14bの綴じ環係止部50を構成する凹部58bは、同一方向に向けて凹み形成され、凸部54a及び凸部58aの後端から基部側にかけて形成された湾曲凹面を備え、両方が同一形状に形成されている。
第1の綴じ部材12aの凸部52a及び凹部52bと第2の綴じ部材12bの凸部54a及び凹部54bとは点対称に形成され、第3の綴じ部材14aの凸部56a及び凹部56bと第4の綴じ部材14bの凸部58a及び凹部58bとは点対称に形成されている。
The convex part 52a that constitutes the binding ring locking part 50 of the first binding member 12a and the convex part 56a that constitutes the binding ring locking part 50 of the third binding member 14a are provided protruding in the same direction, The curved convex surface formed from the front-end | tip part to the base side is provided, and both are formed in the same shape.
Moreover, the recessed part 52b which comprises the binding ring latching | locking part 50 of the 1st binding member 12a, and the recessed part 56b which comprises the binding ring latching | locking part 50 of the 3rd binding member 14a are dented toward the same direction, The convex part 54a and the convex concave part 56a are provided with the curved concave surface formed from the rear end to the base side, and both are formed in the same shape.
The convex part 54a that constitutes the binding ring locking part 50 of the second binding member 12b and the convex part 58a that constitutes the binding ring locking part 50 of the fourth binding member 14b are provided protruding in the same direction. The curved convex surface formed from the front-end | tip part to the base side is provided, and both are formed in the same shape.
Further, the concave portion 54b constituting the binding ring locking portion 50 of the second binding member 12b and the concave portion 58b constituting the binding ring locking portion 50 of the fourth binding member 14b are formed to be recessed in the same direction. The convex part 54a and the convex part 58a are provided with the curved concave surface formed from the rear end to the base side, and both are formed in the same shape.
The convex portions 52a and concave portions 52b of the first binding member 12a and the convex portions 54a and concave portions 54b of the second binding member 12b are formed point-symmetrically, and the convex portions 56a and concave portions 56b of the third binding member 14a and the first The convex portion 58a and the concave portion 58b of the fourth binding member 14b are formed point-symmetrically.

第1の綴じ部材12aの凸部52aの傾斜対向面52c及び凹部54bの傾斜対向面は、第1の綴じ環12の軸方向とは斜交するように形成され、開閉するときには、傾斜対向面52cと凹部54bの傾斜対向面とが一点を共有し合う内接関係で接する。
第1の綴じ部材12aの凸部52aの傾斜対向面52c及び凸部54aの傾斜対向面54cは、第1の綴じ環12の軸方向とは斜交するように形成され、開閉するときには、傾斜対向面52cと傾斜対向面54cとが一点を共有し合う外接関係で接する。
第3の綴じ部材14aの凸部56aの傾斜対向面56c及び凹部58bの傾斜対向面は、第2の綴じ環14の軸方向とは斜交するように形成され、開閉するときには、傾斜対向面56cと凹部58bの傾斜対向面とが一点を共有し合う内接関係で接する。
第3の綴じ部材14aの凸部56aの傾斜対向面56c及び凸部58aの傾斜対向面58cは、第2の綴じ環14の軸方向とは斜交するように形成され、開閉するときには傾斜対向面56cと傾斜対向面58cとが一点を共有し合う外接関係で接する。
The inclined facing surface 52c of the convex portion 52a and the inclined facing surface of the recessed portion 54b of the first binding member 12a are formed to be oblique to the axial direction of the first binding ring 12, and when opening and closing, the inclined facing surface 52c and the inclined opposing surface of the recessed part 54b contact | connect by the inscribed relationship which shares one point.
The inclined facing surface 52c of the convex portion 52a and the inclined facing surface 54c of the convex portion 54a of the first binding member 12a are formed so as to be obliquely crossed with the axial direction of the first binding ring 12, and are inclined when opening and closing. The opposing surface 52c and the inclined opposing surface 54c are in contact with each other with a circumscribed relationship sharing one point.
The inclined facing surface 56c of the convex portion 56a and the inclined facing surface of the recessed portion 58b of the third binding member 14a are formed so as to be oblique to the axial direction of the second binding ring 14, and are inclined facing surfaces when opening and closing. 56c and the inclined opposing surface of the recessed part 58b contact | connect by the inscribed relationship which shares one point.
The inclined facing surface 56c of the convex portion 56a of the third binding member 14a and the inclined facing surface 58c of the convex portion 58a are formed so as to be obliquely crossed with the axial direction of the second binding ring 14, and are opposed to each other when opening and closing. The surface 56c and the inclined facing surface 58c are in contact with each other in a circumscribed relationship sharing one point.

凸部52aの最高部と凹部52bの最深部との間の距離L1及び凸部54aの最高部と凹部54bの最深部との間の距離L1は、綴じ環係止部50を脱係するときに関係する長さである。
そして、この実施の形態においては、凸部52aの最高部と凹部52bの最深部との間の距離L1及び凸部54aの最高部と凹部54bの最深部との間の距離L1は、第1の綴じ部材12aの手前側縁と手前側の孔縁26a2との間の距離L2と第2の綴じ部材12bの向こう側と向こう側の孔縁26b1との間の距離L3との和より短くなるように構成され、第1の綴じ環12をねじって綴じ環係止部50を脱係させることができるように構成されている。
同様に、凸部52aの最高部と凹部52bの最深部との間の距離L1及び凸部54aの最高部と凹部54bの最深部との間の距離L1は、第3の綴じ部材14aの手前側縁と手前側の孔縁28a2との間の距離L2と第4の綴じ部材14bの向こう側と向こう側の孔縁28b1との間の距離L3との和より短くなるように構成され、第2の綴じ環14をねじって綴じ環係止部50を脱係させることができるように構成されている。
しかしながら、B側貫通孔26a及びB側貫通孔28aは、係止された状態にある第1の綴じ部材12aの綴じ環係止部50が綴じられた被綴じ物Sの重みで綴じ環係止部50の外れる方向O1に移動することを規制することができるように、第1の綴じ環12と第2の綴じ環14とが閉じられたとき、前記距離L1より前記距離L2の方が短くなるように構成されている。
The distance L1 between the highest part of the convex part 52a and the deepest part of the concave part 52b and the distance L1 between the highest part of the convex part 54a and the deepest part of the concave part 54b are when the binding ring locking part 50 is disengaged. Is a length related to
In this embodiment, the distance L1 between the highest part of the convex part 52a and the deepest part of the concave part 52b and the distance L1 between the highest part of the convex part 54a and the deepest part of the concave part 54b are the first Shorter than the sum of the distance L2 between the front edge of the binding member 12a and the hole edge 26a2 on the near side and the distance L3 between the opposite edge of the second binding member 12b and the hole edge 26b1 on the opposite side. It is comprised so that the 1st binding ring 12 can be twisted and the binding ring latching | locking part 50 can be disengaged.
Similarly, the distance L1 between the highest part of the convex part 52a and the deepest part of the concave part 52b and the distance L1 between the highest part of the convex part 54a and the deepest part of the concave part 54b are in front of the third binding member 14a. The distance L2 between the side edge and the front side hole edge 28a2 and the distance L3 between the far side of the fourth binding member 14b and the far side hole edge 28b1, are configured to be shorter than The two binding rings 14 are twisted so that the binding ring locking portion 50 can be disengaged.
However, the B-side through hole 26a and the B-side through hole 28a are locked by the weight of the binding object S to which the binding ring locking portion 50 of the first binding member 12a in the locked state is bound. The distance L2 is shorter than the distance L1 when the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are closed so that the movement in the direction O1 from which the part 50 is removed can be restricted. It is comprised so that it may become.

綴じ環12,14が閉じられているときに、綴じ環をねじられて綴じ環12,14が開かれるときには、一方の綴じ部材(第1の綴じ部材12a,第3の綴じ部材14a)が綴じ環係止部50の係合を外す側である手前側に移動するともに他方の綴じ部材(第2の綴じ部材12b,第4の綴じ部材14b)が綴じ環係止部50の係合を外す側である向こう側に移動するために、一方の綴じ部材(第1の綴じ部材12a,第3の綴じ部材14a)を貫挿された一方の貫通孔(B側貫通孔26a,B側貫通孔28a)は、一方の綴じ部材(第1の綴じ部材12a,第3の綴じ部材14a)の移動を許容するように形成され、他方の綴じ部材(第2の綴じ部材12b,第4の綴じ部材14b)を貫挿された他方の貫通孔(A側貫通孔26b,A側貫通孔28b)は、他方の綴じ部材(第2の綴じ部材12b,第4の綴じ部材14b)の移動を許容するように形成されている。
移動規制部は、一方の綴じ部材(第1の綴じ部材12a,第3の綴じ部材14a)の移動を許容するように形成され、他方の綴じ部材(第2の綴じ部材12b,第4の綴じ部材14b)の移動を許容するように形成されている。
そして、綴じ環12,14に被綴じ物Sによる一方の綴じ部材(第1の綴じ部材12a,第3の綴じ部材14a)の綴じ環係止部50の係合を外す方向にのみ過負荷がかかったときには、一方の綴じ部材(第1の綴じ部材12a,第3の綴じ部材14a)を貫挿された一方の貫通孔(B側貫通孔26a,B側貫通孔28a)は、一方の綴じ部材(第1の綴じ部材12a,第3の綴じ部材14a)の綴じ環係止部50の係合を外す側に移動した一方の綴じ部材(第1の綴じ部材12a,第3の綴じ部材14a)の移動を停止するように形成され、且つ他方の綴じ部材(第2の綴じ部材12b,第4の綴じ部材14b)を貫挿された他方の貫通孔(A側貫通孔26b,A側貫通孔28b)は、他方の綴じ部材(第2の綴じ部材12b,第4の綴じ部材14b)が、前記停止した一方の綴じ部材(第1の綴じ部材12a,第3の綴じ部材14a)に向けて更に移動することを許容するように形成されるとともに、且つ移動規制部は、一方の綴じ部材(第1の綴じ部材12a,第3の綴じ部材14a)の綴じ環係止部50の係合を外す側に移動した一方の綴じ部材(第1の綴じ部材12a,第3の綴じ部材14a)に向けて、他方の綴じ部材(第2の綴じ部材12b,第4の綴じ部材14b)が更に移動することを許容するように形成されている。
When the binding rings 12 and 14 are closed and the binding rings are twisted to open the binding rings 12 and 14, one binding member (the first binding member 12 a and the third binding member 14 a) is bound. The other binding member (the second binding member 12b and the fourth binding member 14b) disengages the binding ring locking portion 50 while moving to the near side, which is the side from which the ring locking portion 50 is disengaged. One through-hole (B-side through-hole 26a, B-side through-hole) through which one binding member (the first binding member 12a, the third binding member 14a) is inserted in order to move to the other side, which is the side 28a) is formed to allow movement of one binding member (first binding member 12a, third binding member 14a), and the other binding member (second binding member 12b, fourth binding member). 14b) and the other through hole (A side through hole 26b, A side through hole) Hole 28b) is formed so as to permit movement of the other binding member (the second binding member 12b, a fourth binding member 14b).
The movement restricting portion is formed to allow movement of one binding member (the first binding member 12a and the third binding member 14a), and the other binding member (the second binding member 12b and the fourth binding member). It is formed to allow movement of member 14b).
Then, an overload is applied only to the binding rings 12 and 14 in the direction of releasing the engagement of the binding ring locking portion 50 of one binding member (the first binding member 12a and the third binding member 14a) of the binding object S. When applied, one of the binding members (the first binding member 12a and the third binding member 14a) is inserted into one of the through holes (B side through hole 26a, B side through hole 28a). One binding member (first binding member 12a, third binding member 14a) moved to the side of disengaging the binding ring locking portion 50 of the members (first binding member 12a, third binding member 14a). ) And the other through-hole (A-side through-hole 26b, A-side through-hole) inserted through the other binding member (second binding member 12b, fourth binding member 14b). The hole 28b) is formed on the other binding member (second binding member 12b, fourth binding member). The material 14b) is formed to allow further movement toward the one of the stopped binding members (the first binding member 12a and the third binding member 14a), and the movement restricting portion includes: One binding member (the first binding member 12a, the third binding member 14a) is moved to the side of releasing the engagement of the binding ring locking portion 50 (the first binding member 12a, the third binding member 14a). The other binding members (the second binding member 12b and the fourth binding member 14b) are further allowed to move toward the binding member 14a).

綴じ環係止部50は、一方の綴じ部材(第1の綴じ部材12a,第3の綴じ部材14a)の係止凸部(凸部52a,凸部56a)が向こう側に向けて突き出ており且つ他方の綴じ部材(第2の綴じ部材12b,第4の綴じ部材14b)の係止凸部(凸部54a,凸部58a)が手前側に向けて突き出ており、綴じ環係止部50を脱係して閉じている綴じ環をねじられて開かれるときには、一方の綴じ部材(第1の綴じ部材12a,第3の綴じ部材14a)の係止凸部(凸部52a,凸部56a)が突き出ている方向とは反対側に向けて一方の綴じ部材(第1の綴じ部材12a,第3の綴じ部材14a)を移動させ且つ他方の綴じ部材(第2の綴じ部材12b,第4の綴じ部材14b)の係止凸部(凸部54a,凸部58a)が突き出ている方向とは反対側に向けて他方の綴じ部材(第2の綴じ部材12b,第4の綴じ部材14b)を移動させて、一方の綴じ部材(第1の綴じ部材12a,第3の綴じ部材14a)の係止凸部(凸部52a,凸部56a)を他方の綴じ部材(第2の綴じ部材12b,第4の綴じ部材14b)の係止凹部(凹部54b,凹部58b)から脱係させ且つ他方の綴じ部材(第2の綴じ部材12b,第4の綴じ部材14b)の係止凸部(凸部54a,凸部58a)を一方の綴じ部材(第1の綴じ部材12a,第3の綴じ部材14a)の係止凹部(凹部52b,凹部56b)から脱係させることができる。   In the binding ring locking portion 50, the locking convex portions (the convex portion 52a and the convex portion 56a) of one binding member (the first binding member 12a and the third binding member 14a) protrude toward the other side. And the latching convex part (convex part 54a, convex part 58a) of the other binding member (the 2nd binding member 12b, the 4th binding member 14b) protrudes toward this side, and the binding ring latching part 50 When the binding ring which is disengaged and is closed is twisted and opened, the locking convex portions (the convex portions 52a and the convex portions 56a) of one of the binding members (the first binding member 12a and the third binding member 14a). ) Is moved in the direction opposite to the direction in which the first binding member protrudes (the first binding member 12a and the third binding member 14a) and the other binding member (second binding member 12b and fourth binding member). Of the binding member 14b) of the binding member 14b) is protruding. The other binding member (the second binding member 12b, the fourth binding member 14b) is moved toward the opposite side to the one binding member (the first binding member 12a, the third binding member 14a). The engaging protrusions (protrusions 52a, 56a) are disengaged from the engaging recesses (recesses 54b, 58b) of the other binding member (second binding member 12b, fourth binding member 14b) and The locking convex portions (the convex portions 54a and the convex portions 58a) of the other binding member (the second binding member 12b and the fourth binding member 14b) are used as one binding member (the first binding member 12a and the third binding member). The member 14a) can be disengaged from the locking recess (the recess 52b and the recess 56b).

主綴じ環たる第1の綴じ環12を2本の指で挟んで綴じ環を閉じ始めるとき、第2の綴じ環14の第3の綴じ部材14aの凸部56aと第2の綴じ環14の第4の綴じ部材14bの凹部58bとが当接する前に(図19参照)、第1の綴じ環12の第1の綴じ部材12aの凸部52aと第1の綴じ環12の第2の綴じ部材12bの凸部54aとが当接し、更に第1の綴じ環12を閉じるように作動させると、第1の綴じ環12の第1の綴じ部材12aの凹部52bが第2の綴じ部材12bの凸部54a上を摺動するとともに、第1の綴じ環12の第1の綴じ部材12aの凸部52aが第2の綴じ部材12bの凹部54bに嵌合される正規の係止位置を通り過ぎて、第1の綴じ部材12aの凸部52aが第2の綴じ部材12bの凹部54bの傾斜対向面上を摺動してずり上がる(図20参照)。
このように、第1の綴じ環12を閉じる方向に作動させると、第2の綴じ環14の第3の綴じ部材14aの凸部56aと第2の綴じ環14の第4の綴じ部材14bの凸部58aとが当接し、更に、第1の綴じ環12を閉じるように作動させると、第2の綴じ環14の第3の綴じ部材14aの凸部56aが第4の綴じ部材14bの凸部58aの傾斜対向面58c上を摺動し(図19参照)、更に第1の綴じ環12の第1の綴じ部材12aの凸部52aが第2の綴じ部材12bの凹部54bの傾斜対向面をずり上がると、第2の綴じ環14の第3の綴じ部材14aの凸部56a(第4の綴じ部材14bの凸部58a)が第4の綴じ部材14bの凹部58b(第3の綴じ部材14aの凹部56b)に嵌まり込み嵌合する(図20参照)。
その後、第1の綴じ環12から指を離し閉じる力を解放すると、開閉部材40の作用により第1の綴じ環12はわずかに開く方向に逆戻りして、第1の綴じ環12は、第2の綴じ環14と同様に、第1の綴じ部材12aの凸部52a(第2の綴じ部材12bの凸部54a)が第2の綴じ部材12bの凹部54b(第1の綴じ部材12aの凹部52b)に嵌まり込み嵌合する(図21参照)。
When the first binding ring 12 as the main binding ring is sandwiched between two fingers and the binding ring starts to close, the convex portions 56a of the third binding member 14a of the second binding ring 14 and the second binding ring 14 Before the concave portion 58b of the fourth binding member 14b comes into contact (see FIG. 19), the convex portion 52a of the first binding member 12a of the first binding ring 12 and the second binding of the first binding ring 12 are performed. When the convex portion 54a of the member 12b comes into contact with the first binding ring 12 and is further operated to close, the concave portion 52b of the first binding member 12a of the first binding ring 12 becomes the second binding member 12b. While sliding on the convex part 54a, the convex part 52a of the 1st binding member 12a of the 1st binding ring 12 passes the regular latching position fitted to the recessed part 54b of the 2nd binding member 12b. The convex portion 52a of the first binding member 12a is inclined to the concave portion 54b of the second binding member 12b. Ride up on the opposite surface to slide (see Fig. 20).
In this way, when the first binding ring 12 is operated in the closing direction, the convex portions 56a of the third binding member 14a of the second binding ring 14 and the fourth binding member 14b of the second binding ring 14 are moved. When the convex portion 58a abuts and further operates to close the first binding ring 12, the convex portion 56a of the third binding member 14a of the second binding ring 14 becomes convex of the fourth binding member 14b. Sliding on the inclined facing surface 58c of the portion 58a (see FIG. 19), and the convex portion 52a of the first binding member 12a of the first binding ring 12 is further inclined to the inclined facing surface of the concave portion 54b of the second binding member 12b. Is raised, the convex portion 56a of the third binding member 14a of the second binding ring 14 (the convex portion 58a of the fourth binding member 14b) becomes the concave portion 58b of the fourth binding member 14b (third binding member). It fits into the recess 56b) of 14a (see FIG. 20).
After that, when the finger is released from the first binding ring 12 and the closing force is released, the opening and closing member 40 causes the first binding ring 12 to reverse slightly in the opening direction, so that the first binding ring 12 Similarly to the binding ring 14 of the first binding member 12a, the convex portion 52a of the first binding member 12a (the convex portion 54a of the second binding member 12b) is the concave portion 54b of the second binding member 12b (the concave portion 52b of the first binding member 12a). ) (See FIG. 21).

綴じ環を閉じるとき、第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、山折り状態(図15参照)から徐々に平面状態(図10参照)に変わるとともに、同列に並んだ状態から、一旦綴じ環係止部50の外れる方向(第1の作動片30はO1方向、第2の作動片32はO2方向)に移動して、たがいちがいに並んだ状態となり(図20参照)、その後逆戻りして同列に並ぶ。
それによって、移動規制部を構成する第1の作動片30の規制凸部30gが第2の作動片32の規制凹部32f内を移動して、規制凹部32fにおける綴じ環係止部50の外れる方向とは反対側の端縁に当接し、且つ移動規制部を構成する第2の作動片32の規制凸部32gが第1の作動片30の規制凹部30f内を移動して、規制凹部30fにおける綴じ環係止部50の外れる方向とは反対側の端縁に当接する(図11参照)。そのために、綴じ環を閉じるとき、第1の綴じ環12の第1の綴じ部材12aの凸部52aが第2の綴じ部材12bの凹部54bに嵌合される正規の停止位置を通り過ぎて、第1の綴じ部材12aの凸部52aが第2の綴じ部材12bの凹部54bの傾斜対向面上を摺動してずり上がりオーバーランするとき、第1の綴じ環12の移動距離を規制して適宜な位置でオーバーランが停止され、第1の綴じ環12の綴じ環係止部50から指を外せば開閉部材40の元の状態に戻ろうとする力が作用して、第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、一旦綴じ環係止部50の外れる方向(第1の作動片30はO1方向、第2の作動片32はO2方向)に移動してたがいちがいに並んだ状態から、逆戻りして同列に並び、綴じ環係止部50が嵌合する(図9、10、19、20及び21参照)。
When closing the binding ring, the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 gradually change from the mountain-folded state (see FIG. 15) to the planar state (see FIG. 10) and from the state in which they are aligned in the same row. Once moved in the direction in which the binding ring locking portion 50 comes off (the first working piece 30 is in the O1 direction and the second working piece 32 is in the O2 direction), they are lined up one after another (see FIG. 20). Go back and line up in the same row.
Thereby, the restriction convex part 30g of the first working piece 30 constituting the movement restriction part moves in the restriction concave part 32f of the second working piece 32, and the binding ring locking part 50 in the restriction concave part 32f is released. The regulating convex portion 32g of the second working piece 32 that contacts the edge opposite to the side and that constitutes the movement regulating portion moves in the regulating concave portion 30f of the first working piece 30, and in the regulating concave portion 30f. It abuts on the edge opposite to the direction in which the binding ring locking portion 50 comes off (see FIG. 11). Therefore, when closing the binding ring, the convex portion 52a of the first binding member 12a of the first binding ring 12 passes through the normal stop position where the convex portion 52a is fitted into the concave portion 54b of the second binding member 12b, and When the convex portion 52a of the first binding member 12a slides on the inclined opposing surface of the concave portion 54b of the second binding member 12b and overruns, the movement distance of the first binding ring 12 is regulated appropriately. The overrun is stopped at a certain position, and when the finger is removed from the binding ring locking portion 50 of the first binding ring 12, a force to return the opening / closing member 40 to the original state acts, and the first operating piece 30. And the second operating piece 32 once moved in the direction in which the binding ring locking portion 50 is disengaged (the first operating piece 30 is in the O1 direction and the second operating piece 32 is in the O2 direction). From the reverse, they are lined up in the same row, and the binding ring locking portion 50 is fitted ( See 9,10,19,20 and 21).

このように、主綴じ環たる第1の綴じ環12を閉じ始めると、直接指で閉じられない副綴じ環たる第2の綴じ環14が閉じる方向に移動を始め、更に第1の綴じ環12が閉じて正規の係止位置を通り過ぎるまで移動すると、第2の綴じ環14の係合が進み第1の綴じ環12より先に第2の綴じ環14が完全に係止されるので、直接指で閉じられない副綴じ環たる第2の綴じ環14が確実に係止された後、主綴じ環たる第1の綴じ環12が確実に係止される。
したがって、第1の綴じ環12を指で摘んで先に閉じる方向に移動させたときに、オーバーランするように第1の綴じ環12を摘まめば、確実に第2の綴じ環14を正規の位置に係止でき、第1の綴じ環12の操作のみで、閉じることができる。
このように、第1の綴じ環12を指で操作することにより第2の綴じ環14を閉じることができるので、ワンタッチ綴具としての利便性が高い。
As described above, when the first binding ring 12 that is the main binding ring is started to close, the second binding ring 14 that is the secondary binding ring that cannot be directly closed by the finger starts to move in the closing direction, and further, the first binding ring 12 is further closed. Is closed and moved until it passes the normal locking position, the engagement of the second binding ring 14 proceeds, and the second binding ring 14 is completely locked before the first binding ring 12, so that After the second binding ring 14 that is the secondary binding ring that is not closed by the finger is securely locked, the first binding ring 12 that is the main binding ring is securely locked.
Therefore, if the first binding ring 12 is picked so as to overrun when the first binding ring 12 is picked up with a finger and moved in the closing direction, the second binding ring 14 is surely properly connected. And can be closed only by operating the first binding ring 12.
Thus, since the 2nd binding ring 14 can be closed by operating the 1st binding ring 12 with a finger, the convenience as a one-touch binding tool is high.

また、第1の綴じ環12の頂部を指でねじることにより第1の綴じ環12の綴じ環係止部50を外したとき、第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32には、ねじられていた開閉部材40が元の状態に戻ろうとする力、すなわち一方の固定先端部42aと他方の固定先端部42bとが、図6(B)(C)矢印方向に示すように、巻線部44の円周方向に回転して元の状態に戻ろうとするように力が働くことにより、第1の綴じ環12は開く。
そして、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14は、その綴じ環係止部50が外され(図11参照)、第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、平面状態から山折り状態に変わるとともに、綴じ環係止部50の外れる方向(第1の作動片30はO1方向、第2の作動片32はO2方向)に移動する(図14(A)参照)。それによって、移動規制部を構成する第1の作動片30の規制凸部30gが第2の作動片32の規制凹部32f内を移動して、規制凹部32fにおける綴じ環係止部50の外れる方向とは反対側の端縁に突き当たり、且つ移動規制部を構成する第2の作動片32の規制凸部32gが第1の作動片30の規制凹部30f内を移動して、規制凹部30fにおける綴じ環係止部2方向とは反対側の端縁に突き当たる(図14(B)参照)。
第1の綴じ環12から手を離すと、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14は、開閉部材40の一方の固定先端部42aと他方の固定先端部42bとが、図6(B)(C)矢印方向に示すように、巻線部44の円周方向に回転して元の状態に戻ろうとするように第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32に力を働かせることにより、更に開き(第1の綴じ部材12a及び第3の綴じ部材14aはO3方向、第2の綴じ部材12b及び第4の綴じ部材14bはO4方向)、且つ、開閉部材40の巻線部44が縮むことにより開閉部材40の固定先端部42aと他方の固定先端部42bとを平面視反対方向に移動するように力が働くことにより、第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32とは、逆方向に移動する(図14(A)(B)参照)。
すなわち、作動部材18及び開閉部材40は、第2の綴じ環14を構成する第3の綴じ部材14aの凸部56aと第4の綴じ部材14bの凸部58aとを開く方向に作用し、そして、第1の綴じ環12の第1の綴じ部材12aの凸部52aと第2の綴じ部材12bの凸部54aとを引き離す方向に作用するとともに、第2の綴じ環14を構成する第3の綴じ部材14aの凸部56aと第4の綴じ部材14bの凸部58aとを引き離すように作用する。
Further, when the binding ring locking portion 50 of the first binding ring 12 is removed by twisting the top of the first binding ring 12 with a finger, the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 include The force that the twisted opening and closing member 40 tries to return to the original state, that is, one fixed tip 42a and the other fixed tip 42b are wound as shown in the arrow directions of FIGS. The first binding ring 12 is opened by a force acting so as to rotate in the circumferential direction of the line portion 44 and return to the original state.
And the 1st binding ring 12 and the 2nd binding ring 14 remove the binding ring latching | locking part 50 (refer FIG. 11), and the 1st operation piece 30 and the 2nd operation piece 32 are planar states. Is changed to the mountain fold state, and the binding ring locking portion 50 is moved in the direction of detachment (the first operating piece 30 is in the O1 direction and the second operating piece 32 is in the O2 direction) (see FIG. 14A). Thereby, the restriction convex part 30g of the first working piece 30 constituting the movement restriction part moves in the restriction concave part 32f of the second working piece 32, and the binding ring locking part 50 in the restriction concave part 32f is released. The restricting convex portion 32g of the second operating piece 32 that hits the edge opposite to the side and that constitutes the movement restricting portion moves in the restricting concave portion 30f of the first actuating piece 30, and binds in the restricting concave portion 30f. It abuts against the edge opposite to the direction of the ring locking portion 2 (see FIG. 14B).
When the hand is released from the first binding ring 12, the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 have one fixed tip 42 a and the other fixed tip 42 b of the opening / closing member 40, as shown in FIG. B) (C) As shown in the arrow direction, force is applied to the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 so as to rotate in the circumferential direction of the winding portion 44 and return to the original state. Thus, it opens further (the first binding member 12a and the third binding member 14a are in the O3 direction, and the second binding member 12b and the fourth binding member 14b are in the O4 direction), and the winding portion of the opening / closing member 40 The first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 are caused by a force acting so as to move the fixed front end portion 42a and the other fixed front end portion 42b of the opening / closing member 40 in the opposite directions in a plan view by contracting 44. Moves in the opposite direction (see FIGS. 14A and 14B).
That is, the actuating member 18 and the opening / closing member 40 act in a direction to open the convex portion 56a of the third binding member 14a and the convex portion 58a of the fourth binding member 14b constituting the second binding ring 14, and The third binding ring 14 acts in a direction to separate the convex portion 52a of the first binding member 12a of the first binding ring 12 and the convex portion 54a of the second binding member 12b, and constitutes the second binding ring 14. It acts so that the convex part 56a of the binding member 14a and the convex part 58a of the 4th binding member 14b may be pulled apart.

このように、この実施の形態においては、第1の綴じ環12又は第2の綴じ環14の頂部を指でねじることにより、第1の綴じ環12の第1の綴じ部材12aおよび第2の綴じ部材12bの綴じ環係止部50と、第2の綴じ環14の第3の綴じ部材14aおよび第4の綴じ部材14bの綴じ環係止部50を外すことができる。   As described above, in this embodiment, the first binding member 12a and the second binding member 12a of the first binding ring 12 are twisted by twisting the top of the first binding ring 12 or the second binding ring 14 with a finger. The binding ring locking portion 50 of the binding member 12b and the binding ring locking portion 50 of the third binding member 14a and the fourth binding member 14b of the second binding ring 14 can be removed.

また、第1の綴じ環12の第1の綴じ部材12aと第2の綴じ部材12bの綴じ環係止部50および第2の綴じ環14の第3の綴じ部材14aと第4の綴じ部材14bの綴じ環係止部50の係合を解除したとき、作動部材18は、開閉部材40の一方の固定先端部42aと他方の固定先端部42bとが巻線部44の円周方向において近づこうとする力が働くことにより、第1の作動片30の突き合わせ縁30aと第2の作動片32の突き合わせ縁32aとが、山折り状態になる。   The first binding member 12a and the second binding member 12b of the first binding ring 12 and the third binding member 14a and the fourth binding member 14b of the second binding ring 14 are also shown. When the engagement of the binding ring locking portion 50 is released, the actuating member 18 attempts to bring the one fixed tip portion 42a and the other fixed tip portion 42b of the opening / closing member 40 closer in the circumferential direction of the winding portion 44. As a result of the acting force, the butt edge 30a of the first working piece 30 and the butt edge 32a of the second working piece 32 are in a mountain-folded state.

第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14は、被綴じ物Sを綴じられて綴具10の長さ方向に表紙COが立てられているとき、不意に過大な負荷がかかっても、一方の第1の綴じ部材12a及び第3の綴じ部材14aが、B側貫通孔26a及びB側貫通孔28aで、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14の綴じ環係止部50を脱係させる方向O1に移動することを阻止されるとともに、第2の綴じ部材12b及び第4の綴じ部材14bがA側貫通孔26b及びA側貫通孔28bによって移動を規制されることなく、第2の綴じ部材12bの綴じ環係止部50が第1の綴じ部材12aの綴じ環係止部50に食い込み且つ第4の綴じ部材14bの綴じ環係止部50が第3の綴じ部材14aの綴じ環係止部50に食い込むことにより、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14が脱係して開くことを阻止される。   When the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are bound to the object S to be bound and the cover CO is set up in the length direction of the binding tool 10, One of the first binding member 12a and the third binding member 14a is the B-side through hole 26a and the B-side through hole 28a, and the binding ring locking portion 50 of the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 is used. The second binding member 12b and the fourth binding member 14b are not restricted from moving by the A side through hole 26b and the A side through hole 28b. The binding ring locking portion 50 of the second binding member 12b bites into the binding ring locking portion 50 of the first binding member 12a, and the binding ring locking portion 50 of the fourth binding member 14b is the third binding member 14a. The first binding ring by biting into the binding ring locking portion 50 of the first binding ring 2 and the second binding ring 14 is prevented from opening by disengagement.

次に、作動部材18を保持部材16の保持空間内に装填する方法について、主として図22及び図23に基づいて説明する。
保持部材16は、第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32を装填する前には、第1の保持壁24aの第1の保持部60及び第1の保持部62と第2の保持壁24bの第2の保持部64及び第2の保持部66とが、第1の保持壁24a及び第2の保持壁24bの他の領域より外側に向けて膨出している(図22(B)参照)。
すなわち、第1の保持壁24aは、向こう側の貫通孔26の近傍において第1の保持部60及び第1の保持部62を形成するための第1の保持壁24aの下縁との間に間隔をおいて細い切り込み68a及び切り込み70aが形成され、該切り込み68a及び切り込み70aと第1の保持壁24aの下縁との間における領域が第1の保持壁24aより外側に向けて打ち出されて、第1の保持部60及び第1の保持部62が形成される(図22(B)参照)。
また、第2の保持壁24bは、手前側の貫通孔28の近傍において第2の保持部64及び第2の保持部66を形成するための第2の保持壁24bの下縁との間に間隔をおいて細い切り込み72a及び切り込み74aが形成され、該切り込み72a及び切り込み74aと第2の保持壁24bの下縁との間における領域が第2の保持壁24bより外側に向けて打ち出されて、第2の保持部64及び第2の保持部66が形成される(図22(A)参照)。
作動部材18を保持部材16の保持空間内に装填するときは、まず、第1の作動片30を保持部材16内に装填し、次に、第2の作動片32を保持部材16内に装填する(図23(A)参照)。
このとき、第1の作動片30の突出部30c1が第1の保持部60の内側に、第1の作動片30の突出部30c2が第1の保持部62の内側に位置し、第2の作動片32の突出部32c1が第2の保持部64の内側に、第2の作動片32の突出部32c2が第2の保持部66の内側に位置する。
次に、第1の保持部60、第1の保持部62、第2の保持部64及び第2の保持部66を、第1の保持壁24a及び第2の保持壁24bの内側に向けて打ち込み、平面円弧状の第1の保持部60、第1の保持部62、第2の保持部64及び第2の保持部66を形成する(図23(B)参照)。
而して、第1の保持部60が突出部30c1の下面を、第1の保持部62が突出部30c2の下面を、第2の保持部64が突出部32c1の下面を、第2の保持部66が突出部32c2の下面をそれぞれ保持するように形成される。そして、突出部30c1は向こう側の貫通孔26より外側に、突出部30c2は手前側の貫通孔28より外側に、突出部32c1は向こう側の貫通孔26より外側に、突出部32c2は手前側の貫通孔28より外側に突き出る。
Next, a method for loading the actuating member 18 into the holding space of the holding member 16 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS.
Before the holding member 16 is loaded with the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32, the first holding portion 60 and the first holding portion 62 and the second holding portion of the first holding wall 24a are provided. The second holding portion 64 and the second holding portion 66 of the wall 24b bulge outward from other regions of the first holding wall 24a and the second holding wall 24b (FIG. 22B )reference).
That is, the first holding wall 24a is located between the lower edge of the first holding wall 24a for forming the first holding portion 60 and the first holding portion 62 in the vicinity of the through hole 26 on the far side. A narrow cut 68a and a cut 70a are formed at intervals, and a region between the cut 68a and the cut 70a and the lower edge of the first holding wall 24a is driven out toward the outside of the first holding wall 24a. The first holding part 60 and the first holding part 62 are formed (see FIG. 22B).
Further, the second holding wall 24b is between the lower edge of the second holding wall 24b for forming the second holding portion 64 and the second holding portion 66 in the vicinity of the through hole 28 on the near side. A narrow cut 72a and a cut 74a are formed at intervals, and a region between the cut 72a and the cut 74a and the lower edge of the second holding wall 24b is struck outward from the second holding wall 24b. Then, the second holding portion 64 and the second holding portion 66 are formed (see FIG. 22A).
When loading the operating member 18 into the holding space of the holding member 16, first, the first operating piece 30 is loaded into the holding member 16, and then the second working piece 32 is loaded into the holding member 16. (See FIG. 23A).
At this time, the protruding portion 30c1 of the first working piece 30 is located inside the first holding portion 60, the protruding portion 30c2 of the first working piece 30 is located inside the first holding portion 62, and the second The protrusion 32 c 1 of the operating piece 32 is positioned inside the second holding part 64, and the protruding part 32 c 2 of the second operating piece 32 is positioned inside the second holding part 66.
Next, the first holding unit 60, the first holding unit 62, the second holding unit 64, and the second holding unit 66 are directed toward the inside of the first holding wall 24a and the second holding wall 24b. The first holding portion 60, the first holding portion 62, the second holding portion 64, and the second holding portion 66 having a planar arc shape are formed (see FIG. 23B).
Thus, the first holding portion 60 holds the lower surface of the protruding portion 30c1, the first holding portion 62 holds the lower surface of the protruding portion 30c2, and the second holding portion 64 holds the lower surface of the protruding portion 32c1. The portions 66 are formed so as to hold the lower surfaces of the protruding portions 32c2. The protrusion 30c1 is outside the through hole 26 on the far side, the protrusion 30c2 is outside the through hole 28 on the near side, the protrusion 32c1 is outside the through hole 26 on the far side, and the protrusion 32c2 is on the near side. It protrudes outside from the through hole 28.

次に、開閉部材40を作動部材18に装填する方法について、図4ないし6に基づいて説明する。
第1の綴じ環12と第2の綴じ環14とが閉じた状態において、開いた状態から閉じた状態への方向に向けて第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32とを突き合わせ縁30a及び突き合わせ縁32aを中心に回動させる方向にばねに荷重を加えて、巻線部44(コイル)の中心軸まわりにねじりモーメントを受け、素線に曲げ応力を発生させるようにして、開閉部材40を固定先端部42aが第1の作動片30に、固定先端部42bが第2の作動片32に固定する。
この場合、開閉部材40は、巻線部44にねじりモーメントなどの負荷が加わっていない状態(図6(A)図示)からみて、巻線部44の巻き数が1巻以上増えるように巻線部44を1回転以上ねじった状態(固定先端部42a及び規制腕部46aがR方向、固定先端部42b及び規制腕部46bがQ方向(図5及び図6(A)図示))で、固定先端部42a及び42bが開閉部材固定部38a及び開閉部材固定部38bにそれぞれ固定する。
ばねに荷重を加える荷重の方向としては、巻線部44(コイル)を巻き込む方向に向くように構成されている。
Next, a method for loading the opening / closing member 40 into the operating member 18 will be described with reference to FIGS.
In a state where the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are closed, the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 are abutted against each other in the direction from the open state to the closed state. Applying a load to the spring in the direction of rotation about 30a and the butt edge 32a, receiving a torsional moment around the central axis of the winding portion 44 (coil), generating a bending stress on the strand, opening and closing The fixed tip 42 a is fixed to the first working piece 30 and the fixed tip 42 b is fixed to the second working piece 32.
In this case, the opening / closing member 40 is wound so that the number of turns of the winding portion 44 is increased by one or more when viewed from a state where a load such as a torsional moment is not applied to the winding portion 44 (shown in FIG. 6A). Fixed in a state where the portion 44 is twisted one or more times (the fixed tip 42a and the restricting arm 46a are in the R direction, and the fixed tip 42b and the restricting arm 46b are in the Q direction (shown in FIGS. 5 and 6A)). The tip portions 42a and 42b are fixed to the opening / closing member fixing portion 38a and the opening / closing member fixing portion 38b, respectively.
The direction of the load that applies the load to the spring is configured to face the direction in which the winding portion 44 (coil) is wound.

前記実施の形態によれば、一対の作動片(第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32)には、保持部材16に形成された貫通孔(向こう側の貫通孔26及び手前側の貫通孔28)に通される突出部(突出部30c1、突出部30c2、突出部32c1、及び突出部32c2)が形成されているので、作動片(第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32)に綴じ環(第1の綴じ環12、第2の綴じ環14)の基部を例えばカシメ止めをしても作動片(第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32)にかかるストレスを少なくするために面積を大きくすることができる。そのために、作動片(第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32)全体の強度を増すことができる。   According to the embodiment, the pair of operating pieces (the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32) are provided with the through holes (the through hole 26 on the far side and the near side on the front side). Since the projecting portions (projecting portion 30c1, projecting portion 30c2, projecting portion 32c1, and projecting portion 32c2) that are passed through the through hole 28) are formed, the operating pieces (the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece) 32) Stress applied to the operating pieces (the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32) even if the base of the binding ring (the first binding ring 12, the second binding ring 14) is caulked, for example. The area can be increased in order to reduce Therefore, the strength of the entire operating piece (the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32) can be increased.

前記実施の形態の保持部とは異なり、図24及び図25において示すように、保持壁の下端縁より突き出し設けられた方形凸部を内側に向けて折り曲げて、第1の保持壁24aに第1の保持部160及び第1の保持部162が、第2の保持壁24bに第2の保持部164及び第2の保持部166が形成され、作動部材18の第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32に形成された(第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14が突出する方向とは反対側に向けて突設されている)突条30h及び突条32hの下端縁を、第1の保持壁24aの第1の保持部160及び第1の保持部162、第2の保持壁24bの第2の保持部164及び第2の保持部166により保持するように構成してもよい。
第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、その長さ方向に、第1の保持壁24aの第1の保持部160と第1の保持部162及び第2の保持壁24bの第2の保持部164と第2の保持部166の上面を摺動して移動することができる。
Unlike the holding portion of the above-described embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 24 and 25, a rectangular convex portion protruding from the lower end edge of the holding wall is bent inward, and the first holding wall 24a is The first holding portion 160 and the first holding portion 162 are formed on the second holding wall 24b, and the second holding portion 164 and the second holding portion 166 are formed on the second holding wall 24b. The lower end edge of the ridge 30h and the ridge 32h formed on the second operation piece 32 (projected toward the opposite side to the direction in which the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 protrude). Are held by the first holding portion 160 and the first holding portion 162 of the first holding wall 24a, and the second holding portion 164 and the second holding portion 166 of the second holding wall 24b. May be.
The first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 are arranged in the length direction of the first holding part 160 of the first holding wall 24a, the first holding part 162, and the second holding wall 24b. The upper holding surfaces of the second holding portion 164 and the second holding portion 166 can be slid and moved.

前記実施の形態とは異なり、作動部材を、図26及び図27に示すように変更してもよい。
図26及び図27図示第1の作動片30は、突き合わせ縁30aとは離れた位置で、間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴じ環12の基部と第2の綴じ環14の基部とを結ぶ方向(図26図示X1及びX2方向)に近い方向にのびる突条30hが形成されている。この実施の形態においては、第1の綴じ環12の基部と第2の綴じ環14の基部とを結ぶ方向と平行で第1の作動片30の長さ方向にのびる。
前記突条30hは、間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴じ環12の基部と第2の綴じ環14の基部の間で外側端縁30bの突出部30c1と突出部30c2との間において、連続して、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14が突出する方向とは反対側に向けて突設されている。
前記突条30hは、第1の作動片30を構成する平板状の金属製板体を断面L字形に折り曲げて形成されている。
また、図26及び図27図示第2の作動片32は、突き合わせ縁32aとは離れた位置で、間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴じ環12の基部と第2の綴じ環14の基部とを結ぶ方向(図26図示X1及びX2方向)に近い方向にのびる突条32hが形成されている。この実施の形態においては、第1の綴じ環12の基部と第2の綴じ環14の基部とを結ぶ方向と平行で第2の作動片32の長さ方向にのびる。
前記突条32hは、間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴じ環12の基部と第2の綴じ環14の基部の間で外側端縁32bの突出部32c1と突出部32c2との間において、連続して、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14が突出する方向とは反対側に向けて突設されている。
前記突条32hは、第2の作動片32を構成する平板状の金属製板体を断面L字形に折り曲げて形成されている。
したがって、第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、第1の綴じ環12の基部と第2の綴じ環14の基部間におけるしなりが、突条30h及び突条32hにより防止される。
Unlike the embodiment, the operating member may be changed as shown in FIGS.
26 and FIG. 27, the first operating piece 30 includes a base portion of the first binding ring 12 and a base portion of the second binding ring 14 which are spaced apart from each other at a position away from the butting edge 30a. A protrusion 30h extending in a direction close to the connecting direction (X1 and X2 directions in FIG. 26) is formed. In this embodiment, the first working piece 30 extends in the length direction in parallel with the direction connecting the base portion of the first binding ring 12 and the base portion of the second binding ring 14.
The protrusion 30h is provided between the protruding portion 30c1 and the protruding portion 30c2 of the outer edge 30b between the base portion of the first binding ring 12 and the base portion of the second binding ring 14 that are provided at intervals. The first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are continuously provided so as to protrude in the direction opposite to the protruding direction.
The protrusion 30h is formed by bending a flat metal plate constituting the first working piece 30 into an L-shaped cross section.
26 and 27, the second operating piece 32 is spaced from the butting edge 32a and is spaced from the base of the first binding ring 12 and the base of the second binding ring 14. A protrusion 32h is formed extending in a direction close to the direction (X1 and X2 directions shown in FIG. 26). In this embodiment, the second working piece 32 extends in the length direction in parallel with the direction connecting the base portion of the first binding ring 12 and the base portion of the second binding ring 14.
The protrusion 32h is provided between the protruding portion 32c1 and the protruding portion 32c2 of the outer edge 32b between the base portion of the first binding ring 12 and the base portion of the second binding ring 14 that are provided at intervals. The first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are continuously provided so as to protrude in the direction opposite to the protruding direction.
The protrusion 32h is formed by bending a flat metal plate constituting the second working piece 32 into an L-shaped cross section.
Therefore, the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 are prevented from being bent between the base portion of the first binding ring 12 and the base portion of the second binding ring 14 by the protrusion 30h and the protrusion 32h. The

図26及び図27図示第1の作動片30は、基部で固定された第1の綴じ部材12a及び第3の綴じ部材14aの基部の近傍に、第1の作動片30を補強してしなりを少なくするために、ビード234a及びビード234bが上面に向けて突設されている。
図26及び図27図示第2の作動片32は、基部で固定された第2の綴じ部材12b及び第4の綴じ部材14bの基部の近傍に、第2の作動片32を補強してしなりを少なくするために、ビード234c及びビード234dが上面に向けて突設されている。
26 and 27, the first operating piece 30 is formed by reinforcing the first operating piece 30 in the vicinity of the base portions of the first binding member 12a and the third binding member 14a fixed at the base portion. Bead 234a and bead 234b project toward the upper surface.
26 and 27, the second working piece 32 is formed by reinforcing the second working piece 32 in the vicinity of the base portions of the second binding member 12b and the fourth binding member 14b fixed at the base portion. Bead 234c and bead 234d project toward the upper surface.

ビード234aは、第1の綴じ部材12aの基部と突出部30c1との間において第1の作動片30の長手方向にのびる第1直線部234a1と、突条30hの内側(第1の作動片30の幅方向における略々中央において)で第1の綴じ部材12aの基部の近傍から第1の作動片30の長手方向にのびる第2直線部234a2と、第1直線部234a1の内側端と第2直線部234a2の外側端との間を結ぶ斜線部234a3とを備え、第1の作動片30の下面から上面に向けて一定幅を有する直線状凸部を突設してなる。
ビード234bは、第3の綴じ部材14aの基部と突出部30c2との間において第1の作動片30の長手方向にのびる第1直線部234b1と、突条30hの内側(第1の作動片30の幅方向における略々中央において)で第3の綴じ部材14aの基部の近傍から第1の作動片30の長手方向にのびる第2直線部234b2と、第1直線部234b1の内側端と第2直線部234b2の外側端との間を結ぶ斜線部234b3とを備え、第1の作動片30の下面から上面に向けて一定幅を有する直線状凸部を突設してなる。
ビード234cは、第2の綴じ部材12bの基部と突出部32c1との間において第2の作動片32の長手方向にのびる第1直線部234c1と、突条32hの内側(第2の作動片32の幅方向における略々中央において)で第2の綴じ部材12bの基部の近傍から第2の作動片32の長手方向にのびる第2直線部234c2と、第1直線部234c1の内側端と第2直線部234c2の外側端との間を結ぶ斜線部234c3とを備え、第2の作動片32の下面から上面に向けて一定幅を有する直線状凸部を突設してなる。
ビード234dは、第4の綴じ部材14bの基部と突出部32c2との間において第2の作動片32の長手方向にのびる第1直線部234d1と、突条32hの内側(第2の作動片32の幅方向における略々中央において)で第3の綴じ部材14bの基部の近傍から第2の作動片32の長手方向にのびる第2直線部234d2と、第1直線部234d1の内側端と第2直線部234d2の外側端との間を結ぶ斜線部234d3とを備え、第2の作動片32の下面から上面に向けて一定幅を有する直線状凸部を突設してなる。
The bead 234a includes a first straight portion 234a1 extending in the longitudinal direction of the first operating piece 30 between the base portion of the first binding member 12a and the protruding portion 30c1, and an inner side of the protrusion 30h (the first operating piece 30). The second linear portion 234a2 extending from the vicinity of the base of the first binding member 12a in the longitudinal direction of the first binding member 12a, the inner end of the first linear portion 234a1 and the second A slanted line portion 234a3 connecting the outer end of the straight line portion 234a2 is provided, and a linear convex portion having a certain width is projected from the lower surface of the first operating piece 30 toward the upper surface.
The bead 234b includes a first straight portion 234b1 extending in the longitudinal direction of the first operating piece 30 between the base portion of the third binding member 14a and the protruding portion 30c2, and an inner side of the protrusion 30h (the first operating piece 30). The second linear portion 234b2 extending in the longitudinal direction of the first operating piece 30 from the vicinity of the base portion of the third binding member 14a, the inner end of the first linear portion 234b1, and the second end. It has an oblique line portion 234b3 connecting with the outer end of the straight line portion 234b2, and is formed by projecting a straight convex portion having a certain width from the lower surface of the first operating piece 30 toward the upper surface.
The bead 234c includes a first straight portion 234c1 extending in the longitudinal direction of the second operating piece 32 between the base portion of the second binding member 12b and the protruding portion 32c1, and an inner side of the protrusion 32h (second operating piece 32). The second linear portion 234c2 extending from the vicinity of the base of the second binding member 12b in the longitudinal direction of the second binding member 12b, the inner end of the first linear portion 234c1, and the second It has a hatched portion 234c3 connecting with the outer end of the straight portion 234c2, and is formed by projecting a linear convex portion having a constant width from the lower surface to the upper surface of the second working piece 32.
The bead 234d includes a first straight portion 234d1 extending in the longitudinal direction of the second operating piece 32 between the base portion of the fourth binding member 14b and the protruding portion 32c2, and an inner side of the protrusion 32h (second operating piece 32). The second linear portion 234d2 extending in the longitudinal direction of the second operating piece 32 from the vicinity of the base of the third binding member 14b, the inner end of the first linear portion 234d1, and the second end A slanted line portion 234d3 connecting the outer end of the straight line portion 234d2 is provided, and a straight convex portion having a constant width is projected from the lower surface of the second working piece 32 toward the upper surface.

表紙COは、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14に綴じられた用箋等の被綴じ物Sが多くなったとき、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14がたわむことを防止するために、次のような表紙310としてもよい。
表紙310は、前記綴具の保持部材を固定する背表紙316と、前記背表紙316の両端に、開閉自在に延設された表表紙312及び裏表紙314とを備え、図28ないし30に示すように、表表紙312と裏表紙314が背表紙316に対して立設状態となるように連設されている。
そして、表表紙312及び裏表紙314は、背表紙316寄りに開閉用の薄肉ヒンジ部318A,318Bが設けられている。表表紙312及び裏表紙314と背表紙316との連設部の構成としては、プラスチック型表紙体に略V字溝からなる連設部320を形成してその溝底で折り曲げる構成を採用している。すなわち、図30に示す通り、表表紙312及び裏表紙314と背表紙316との連設部320となる略V字溝を設け、この連設部320の溝底で折り曲げて背表紙316に対し表表紙312及び裏表紙314が立設状態に連設されるようにしたものである。連設部320を利用した場合、この連設部320の開き角度を変えることによって背表紙316の構造を変更することができる。
The cover sheet CO bends when the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are bent when the number of objects S to be bound such as sticky notes bound to the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 increases. In order to prevent this, the following cover 310 may be used.
The front cover 310 includes a back cover 316 that fixes the holding member of the binding tool, and a front cover 312 and a back cover 314 that are openably and closably extended at both ends of the spine cover 316, as shown in FIGS. As described above, the front cover 312 and the back cover 314 are continuously provided so as to stand up with respect to the spine 316.
The front cover 312 and the back cover 314 are provided with thin hinge portions 318A and 318B for opening and closing near the spine 316. As the configuration of the continuous portion of the front cover 312 and the back cover 314 and the back cover 316, a configuration is adopted in which a continuous portion 320 formed of a substantially V-shaped groove is formed on the plastic mold cover body and bent at the bottom of the groove. Yes. That is, as shown in FIG. 30, a substantially V-shaped groove serving as a connecting portion 320 between the front cover 312 and the back cover 314 and the spine cover 316 is provided, and bent at the groove bottom of the connecting portion 320 to the spine cover 316. The front cover 312 and the back cover 314 are arranged in a standing state. When the continuous portion 320 is used, the structure of the spine cover 316 can be changed by changing the opening angle of the continuous portion 320.

表表紙312及び裏表紙314の開閉を可能にする薄肉ヒンジ部318A,318Bは、断面略V字溝であり、連設部320から若干小口寄りの位置において表表紙312及び裏表紙314に設けられる。   The thin hinge portions 318A and 318B that allow opening and closing of the front cover 312 and the back cover 314 are substantially V-shaped cross sections, and are provided on the front cover 312 and the back cover 314 at positions slightly closer to the mouth from the connecting portion 320. .

このような表紙310を熱可塑性樹脂製シート材からなる表紙体を用いて成形する一例たる製造としては、例えば熱可塑性樹脂のシート材からなる表紙体に互いに平行な2本の略V字溝からなる連設部320を形成し、この連設部320のやや内側寄りの位置において互いに平行な略V字溝からなる連設部320をヒートプレス成形すると同時に表紙体に略V字溝からなる連設部320を閉塞する方向の加圧力を加えて互いの溝底を折り曲げるようにしている。熱可塑性樹脂製のシート材単体以外に、熱可塑性樹脂製シート材と表装材との2層構造も利用し得る。また、この2層構造において、厚紙とクロスの2層構造とすれば、略V字溝からなる連設部320の溝壁同志を接着剤で接着する構成も採用し得る。   As an example of manufacturing such a cover 310 using a cover body made of a thermoplastic resin sheet material, for example, from two substantially V-shaped grooves parallel to the cover body made of a thermoplastic resin sheet material. A continuous portion 320 formed of substantially V-shaped grooves parallel to each other at a position slightly inward of the continuous disposed portion 320 and heat-press-molded. The groove bottoms are bent by applying a pressing force in a direction to close the installation portion 320. In addition to the thermoplastic resin sheet material alone, a two-layer structure of a thermoplastic resin sheet material and a cover material can also be used. Further, in this two-layer structure, if a two-layer structure of cardboard and cloth is used, a configuration in which the groove walls of the continuous portion 320 made up of substantially V-shaped grooves are bonded with an adhesive may be employed.

前記表表紙312及び/又は裏表紙314は、前記閉じられた第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14と対向する領域に、綴具10の一部分を挿入して第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14の移動を規制する綴じ環固定手段322が設けられている。
綴じ環固定手段322は、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14の移動側の側面と対向するように、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14が嵌挿又は緩挿される貫通孔又は段差によって構成されている。
この綴じ環固定手段322は、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14の回転方向に伸びる長孔であり、長孔は、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14の嵌挿又は緩挿される部位の長さ及び幅に対応した長さ及び幅を有する上下一対の直線状孔縁と、該直線状孔縁の両左端及び両右端の間に連設された円弧状孔縁とを有する長孔によって形成されている。
The front cover 312 and / or the back cover 314 is formed by inserting a part of the binding device 10 into a region facing the closed first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14, and the first binding ring 12. A binding ring fixing means 322 for restricting the movement of the second binding ring 14 is provided.
In the binding ring fixing means 322, the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are inserted or loosely inserted so as to face the side surfaces on the moving side of the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14. It is comprised by the through-hole or level | step difference which is made.
The binding ring fixing means 322 is a long hole extending in the rotation direction of the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14, and the long hole is a fitting of the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14. A pair of upper and lower linear hole edges having a length and width corresponding to the length and width of the part to be inserted or loosely inserted, and an arcuate hole connected between both left and right ends of the linear hole edge It is formed by a slot having an edge.

閉じた第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14の幅は、表紙310の背表紙316の背幅及び平行に対向した表表紙312と裏表紙314との間の幅よりも広く形成されている。
第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14は、第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32に取り付けられた基部よりやや上部から綴じ環係止部50のやや外側に至るまで、略平行に閉じられた表表紙312と裏表紙314に形成された綴じ環固定手段322を構成する長孔の中に嵌挿される。長孔の上下一対の直線状孔縁は、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14の上下側面に当接し、円弧状孔縁は、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14の左右の円周面に当接する。
The widths of the closed first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are formed wider than the back width of the back cover 316 of the front cover 310 and the width between the front cover 312 and the back cover 314 facing each other in parallel. ing.
The first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 extend from slightly above the base attached to the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 to slightly outside the binding ring locking part 50. The front cover 312 and the back cover 314, which are closed substantially in parallel, are inserted into elongated holes constituting the binding ring fixing means 322 formed on the front cover 312. The pair of upper and lower linear hole edges of the long hole abuts the upper and lower side surfaces of the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14, and the arc-shaped hole edges correspond to the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring. 14 abuts on the left and right circumferential surfaces.

そして、ファイル・バインダ300の表表紙312と裏表紙314とを平行に閉じた状態で第1の綴じ環12を天側とし第2の綴じ環14を地側にしてファイル・バインダ300を立てたとき、第1の綴じ環12の第1の綴じ部材12a及び第2の綴じ環14の第3の綴じ部材14a側に綴じられた用箋等の被綴じ物Pが偏っているときに衝撃が加わったりして、第1の綴じ環12の第1の綴じ部材12a及び第2の綴じ環14の第3の綴じ部材14aが第1の綴じ環12の第2の綴じ部材12b及び第2の綴じ環14の第4の綴じ部材14bと外れる下向きに移動したとしても、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14の移動が綴じ環固定手段322で規制され、綴じ環固定手段322の下側の孔縁に係止されて、第1の綴じ環12の第1の綴じ部材12aと第1の綴じ環12の第2の綴じ部材12b及び第2の綴じ環14の第3の綴じ部材14aと第2の綴じ環14の第4の綴じ部材14bとが綴じ環係止部50で外れることがない。   Then, with the front cover 312 and back cover 314 of the file binder 300 closed in parallel, the file binder 300 was set up with the first binding ring 12 as the top side and the second binding ring 14 as the ground side. When an object P to be bound such as a note bound to the first binding member 12a of the first binding ring 12 and the third binding member 14a of the second binding ring 14 is biased, an impact is applied. In other words, the first binding member 12a of the first binding ring 12 and the third binding member 14a of the second binding ring 14 are replaced by the second binding member 12b and the second binding member of the first binding ring 12, respectively. Even if the ring 14 is moved downward away from the fourth binding member 14 b, the movement of the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 is restricted by the binding ring fixing means 322, and below the binding ring fixing means 322. 1st of the 1st binding ring 12 latched by the hole edge of the side The binding member 12a, the second binding member 12b of the first binding ring 12, the third binding member 14a of the second binding ring 14, and the fourth binding member 14b of the second binding ring 14 are binding rings. The stopper 50 does not come off.

綴具10を表紙COに取り付けるには、第1の保持壁24aおよび第2の保持壁24bの下端縁を接合して取付孔20,20にボルトナットや鋲により取り付ければよい。
また、前記実施の形態においては、第1の綴じ環12と第2の綴じ環14といったように、2穴タイプの綴具について説明したが、綴じ環を増やした多穴タイプ、例えば、3穴、4穴、20穴、26穴、30穴といった多くの綴じ環を備えた綴具とすることができる。
綴じ環の数に対応して、保持部材及び作動部材の長さがのびるとともに保持部材の一方の貫通孔及び他方の貫通孔の間に1または複数の一方の貫通孔及び他方の貫通孔と同様な貫通孔を形成し、作動部材に固定された綴じ環を貫挿できるようにすればよい。
また、綴じ環の形状は、略Dの字型ではなく、図31において示すように、略Oの字型にしてもよい。略Oの字型の第1の綴じ環412及び第2の綴じ環414を形成するには、第2の綴じ部材412b及び第4の綴じ部材414bは、前記実施の形態と比較的近い略半円弧型に形成し、第1の綴じ部材412a及び第3の綴じ部材414aは、前記第2の綴じ部材412b及び第4の綴じ部材414bと対称形の略半円弧型に形成し、第1の綴じ部材412aと第2の綴じ部材412b及び第3の綴じ部材414aと第4の綴じ部材414bとを閉じたとき、略Oの字型となるように形成する。
In order to attach the binding tool 10 to the cover CO, the lower end edges of the first holding wall 24a and the second holding wall 24b may be joined and attached to the mounting holes 20, 20 with bolts and nuts.
Moreover, in the said embodiment, although the two-hole type binding tool was demonstrated like the 1st binding ring 12 and the 2nd binding ring 14, the multi-hole type which increased the binding ring, for example, 3 holes It can be set as the binding tool provided with many binding rings, such as 4 holes, 20 holes, 26 holes, and 30 holes.
Corresponding to the number of binding rings, the length of the holding member and the actuating member is extended, and one or a plurality of one through hole and the other through hole are provided between one through hole and the other through hole of the holding member. It is only necessary to form a through hole so that the binding ring fixed to the operating member can be inserted.
Further, the shape of the binding ring may be a substantially O-shape as shown in FIG. 31 instead of a substantially D-shape. In order to form the first O-shaped first binding ring 412 and the second binding ring 414, the second binding member 412 b and the fourth binding member 414 b are approximately half of which is relatively close to the above embodiment. The first binding member 412a and the third binding member 414a are formed in a substantially semicircular arc shape symmetrical to the second binding member 412b and the fourth binding member 414b, When the binding member 412a, the second binding member 412b, the third binding member 414a, and the fourth binding member 414b are closed, the binding member 412a is formed to have a substantially O-shape.

開閉部材は、前記実施の形態の綴具においては、一対の作動片に対応して、1個が装填されていたが、合計2個の開閉部材を装填してもよい。
また、作動部材を構成する第1の作動片及び第2の作動片は、それぞれ一体成形されていたが、綴じ環の数が増加(4穴、20穴、26穴、30穴など)するに従って、第1の作動片及び第2の作動片をそれぞれ分割してもよい。
In the binding device of the above-described embodiment, one opening / closing member is loaded corresponding to the pair of operating pieces. However, a total of two opening / closing members may be loaded.
Moreover, although the 1st action piece and the 2nd action piece which comprise an action | operation member were each integrally molded, as the number of binding rings increases (4 holes, 20 holes, 26 holes, 30 holes, etc.) The first working piece and the second working piece may be divided respectively.

次に、本発明にかかる別の実施の形態である4穴真円型リング綴具について、図32ないし図33に基づいて説明する。
この実施の形態の綴具510は、前記実施の形態の綴具10と略同様の構成であるが、主として、綴じ環の数が増加したことに伴う、保持部材の構成、作動部材の構成および開閉部材の構成が異なるので、それらを中心に以下説明する。
Next, a four-hole perfect circle ring binding device according to another embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 32 to 33.
The binding device 510 of this embodiment has substantially the same configuration as that of the binding device 10 of the above embodiment, but mainly the configuration of the holding member, the configuration of the operating member, and Since the configuration of the opening / closing member is different, the following description will be made focusing on them.

綴具510は、一対のそれぞれ略円環状の金属製の第1の綴じ環512、第2の綴じ環513、第3の綴じ環514および第4の綴じ環515と、前記第1の綴じ環512および第4の綴じ環515をそれぞれ間隔をおいて設けることができる長さを備えた保持部材516と、その表面に第1の綴じ環512および第4の綴じ環515が間隔をおいてそれぞれの基部が固定され、第1の綴じ環512第2の綴じ環513、第3の綴じ環514および第4の綴じ環515が前記保持部材516に固定されるように保持部材516の内側に可動自在に固定された作動部材518とを備える。   The binding tool 510 includes a pair of substantially metal first binding rings 512, a second binding ring 513, a third binding ring 514, a fourth binding ring 515, and the first binding ring. The holding member 516 having a length capable of providing the 512 and fourth binding rings 515 at intervals, and the first binding ring 512 and the fourth binding ring 515 on the surface thereof are spaced apart from each other. The first binding ring 512, the second binding ring 513, the third binding ring 514, and the fourth binding ring 515 are movable inside the holding member 516 so as to be fixed to the holding member 516. And an actuating member 518 that is freely fixed.

綴じ環は、4穴タイプのために、第1の綴じ環512、第2の綴じ環513、第3の綴じ環514および第4の綴じ環515の4個の綴じ環からなる。第1の綴じ環512は、第1の綴じ部材512aおよび第2の綴じ部材512bを備え、第2の綴じ環513は、第3の綴じ部材513aおよび第4の綴じ部材513bを備え、第3の綴じ環514は、第5の綴じ部材514aおよび第6の綴じ部材514bを備え、第4の綴じ環515は、第7の綴じ部材515aおよび第8の綴じ部材515bを備える。
そして、用紙等の被綴じ物Sに予め穿設された綴じ孔に挿通して、用紙等の被綴じ物Sを綴じることができるように、第1の綴じ部材512aおよび第2の綴じ部材512bの先端と、第3の綴じ部材513aおよび第4の綴じ部材513bの先端と、第5の綴じ部材514aおよび第6の綴じ部材514bの先端と、第7の綴じ部材515aおよび第8の綴じ部材515bの先端とにおいて、すなわち第1の綴じ環512、第2の綴じ環513、第3の綴じ環514および第4の綴じ環515の頂部において、綴じ環係止部550が形成されている。
第1の綴じ環512を構成する第1の綴じ部材512aと第2の綴じ部材512bとは、第1の綴じ部材512aの綴じ環係止部550と、第2の綴じ部材512bの綴じ環係止部550とを係止することにより、環状に係合される。
また、第3の綴じ環514を構成する第5の綴じ部材514aと第6の綴じ部材514bとは、第5の綴じ部材514aの綴じ環係止部550と第6の綴じ部材514bの綴じ環係止部550とを係止することにより、環状に係合される。
The binding ring is composed of four binding rings of a first binding ring 512, a second binding ring 513, a third binding ring 514, and a fourth binding ring 515 for the four-hole type. The first binding ring 512 includes a first binding member 512a and a second binding member 512b, and the second binding ring 513 includes a third binding member 513a and a fourth binding member 513b. The binding ring 514 includes a fifth binding member 514a and a sixth binding member 514b, and the fourth binding ring 515 includes a seventh binding member 515a and an eighth binding member 515b.
Then, the first binding member 512a and the second binding member 512b are inserted so that the binding object S such as a sheet can be bound by being inserted into a binding hole previously formed in the binding object S such as a sheet. The leading ends of the third binding member 513a and the fourth binding member 513b, the leading ends of the fifth binding member 514a and the sixth binding member 514b, and the seventh binding member 515a and the eighth binding member. A binding ring locking portion 550 is formed at the tip of 515b, that is, at the top of the first binding ring 512, the second binding ring 513, the third binding ring 514, and the fourth binding ring 515.
The first binding member 512a and the second binding member 512b constituting the first binding ring 512 are a binding ring locking portion 550 of the first binding member 512a and a binding ring engagement of the second binding member 512b. By engaging the stopper 550, it is engaged in an annular shape.
In addition, the fifth binding member 514a and the sixth binding member 514b constituting the third binding ring 514 are the binding ring locking portion 550 of the fifth binding member 514a and the binding ring of the sixth binding member 514b. By locking the locking portion 550, the ring is engaged in an annular shape.

保持部材516は、第1の綴じ環512、第2の綴じ環513、第3の綴じ環514および第4の綴じ環515を所定の間隔をおいて設けることができる長さを備える平面略長方形で、その両端、すなわち表紙COに取り付ける取付孔520近傍においては、平面略半円弧状に形成されている。
保持部材516は、被綴じ物載置部522の内側には保持空間を備え、その空間に作動部材518等を収容するように構成されている。
保持部材516の被綴じ物載置部522の両端には、その長手方向に略々その一端から他端に亘って、作動部材518を摺動自在に保持する保持壁524が設けられている。この実施の形態においては、保持部材516の長手方向において、第1の綴じ環512、第2の綴じ環513、第3の綴じ環514および第4の綴じ環515のそれぞれの外側近傍より内部に亘って略全体において垂下されるように、第1の保持壁524aおよび第2の保持壁524bが連設され、第1の保持壁524aと第2の保持壁524bとは平行で略同一の形状の板状である。そして、この第1の保持壁524aおよび第2の保持壁524bと被綴じ物載置部522によって囲繞された保持空間内に、後に詳しく説明する作動部材518等が収容される。
The holding member 516 has a length that can provide the first binding ring 512, the second binding ring 513, the third binding ring 514, and the fourth binding ring 515 at a predetermined interval, and is substantially planar. Thus, both ends, that is, in the vicinity of the attachment holes 520 attached to the cover CO, are formed in a substantially semicircular arc shape.
The holding member 516 includes a holding space inside the binding object mounting portion 522, and is configured to accommodate the operation member 518 and the like in the space.
At both ends of the binding object mounting portion 522 of the holding member 516, holding walls 524 that hold the actuating member 518 slidably are provided substantially from one end to the other end in the longitudinal direction. In this embodiment, in the longitudinal direction of the holding member 516, the first binding ring 512, the second binding ring 513, the third binding ring 514, and the fourth binding ring 515 are arranged closer to the inside than the outside. The first holding wall 524a and the second holding wall 524b are continuously provided so as to hang over substantially the whole, and the first holding wall 524a and the second holding wall 524b are parallel and substantially the same shape. It is a plate shape. In the holding space surrounded by the first holding wall 524a and the second holding wall 524b and the binding object mounting portion 522, an operation member 518 and the like described in detail later are accommodated.

保持部材516の被綴じ物載置部522には、第1の綴じ環512と第2の綴じ環513とを、一定の間隔(日本工業規格等で決められている一定の長さ)をおいて遊貫するための、一方の向こう側の貫通孔526と他方の手前側の貫通孔527がそれぞれ穿設されるとともに、第3の綴じ環514と第4の綴じ環515とを、一定の間隔(日本工業規格等で決められている一定の長さ)をおいて遊貫するための、第3の貫通孔528及び第4の貫通孔529がそれぞれ穿設されている。
一方の向こう側の貫通孔526と第2の貫通孔527と第3の貫通孔528及び他方の手前側の貫通孔529とは、それぞれの綴じ環を構成する綴じ部材に対応して、保持部材516の幅方向において左右に分かれて一定の間隔をおいて、B側貫通孔526a,527a,528a,529aとA側貫通孔526b,527b,528b,529bとが穿設されている。
B側貫通孔526a,527a,528a,529aは、第1の綴じ部材512a,第3の綴じ部材513a,第5の綴じ部材514a,第7の綴じ部材515aを貫入し保持部材16の長さ方向において第1の綴じ部材512a,第3の綴じ部材513a,第5の綴じ部材514a,第7の綴じ部材515aを孔の中において移動することができる間隔を備え、A側貫通孔526b,527b,528b,529bは、第2の綴じ部材512b,第4の綴じ部材513b,第6の綴じ部材514b,第8の綴じ部材515bを貫入し保持部材16の長さ方向において第2の綴じ部材512b,第4の綴じ部材513b,第6の綴じ部材514b,第8の綴じ部材515bを孔の中において移動することができる間隔を備える。A側貫通孔526b,527b,528b,529b及びB側貫通孔526a,527a,528a,529aは、平面視略U字状で開口部分から続く向こう側の孔縁と手前側の孔縁とを有する。
A側貫通孔526b,527b,528b,529bは、B側貫通孔526a,527a,528a,529aと対称形である。
B側貫通孔526aとB側貫通孔527aとB側貫通孔528aとB側貫通孔529aとは同じ形状であり、A側貫通孔526bとA側貫通孔527bとA側貫通孔528bとA側貫通孔529bとは同じ形状である。
A first binding ring 512 and a second binding ring 513 are spaced apart from each other by a fixed distance (a fixed length determined by Japanese Industrial Standards) on the binding object mounting portion 522 of the holding member 516. And a through hole 526 on one side and a through hole 527 on the other side of the other side are respectively drilled, and the third binding ring 514 and the fourth binding ring 515 are fixed to each other. A third through-hole 528 and a fourth through-hole 529 are formed in order to penetrate freely at intervals (a fixed length determined by Japanese Industrial Standards).
One through hole 526, the second through hole 527, the third through hole 528, and the other through hole 529 on the other side correspond to the binding members constituting the respective binding rings, and the holding members The B-side through holes 526a, 527a, 528a, and 529a and the A-side through holes 526b, 527b, 528b, and 529b are formed at a predetermined interval in the left and right directions in the width direction 516.
The B-side through holes 526a, 527a, 528a, and 529a penetrate the first binding member 512a, the third binding member 513a, the fifth binding member 514a, and the seventh binding member 515a, and the length direction of the holding member 16 The first binding member 512a, the third binding member 513a, the fifth binding member 514a, and the seventh binding member 515a are provided with intervals at which the first binding member 512a, the third binding member 513a, and the seventh binding member 515a can move in the holes, and the A side through holes 526b, 527b, 528b and 529b penetrate the second binding member 512b, the fourth binding member 513b, the sixth binding member 514b, and the eighth binding member 515b, and the second binding member 512b in the length direction of the holding member 16; The fourth binding member 513b, the sixth binding member 514b, and the eighth binding member 515b are provided with intervals that can be moved in the hole. The A-side through-holes 526b, 527b, 528b, and 529b and the B-side through-holes 526a, 527a, 528a, and 529a are substantially U-shaped in plan view and have a hole edge on the far side continuing from the opening portion and a hole edge on the near side. .
The A side through holes 526b, 527b, 528b, and 529b are symmetrical with the B side through holes 526a, 527a, 528a, and 529a.
The B side through hole 526a, the B side through hole 527a, the B side through hole 528a, and the B side through hole 529a have the same shape, and the A side through hole 526b, the A side through hole 527b, the A side through hole 528b, and the A side The through hole 529b has the same shape.

B側貫通孔526a,527a,528a,529aとA側貫通孔526b,527b,528b,529bとは、保持部材16の長さ方向における位置が変化づけられ、B側貫通孔526a,527a,528a,529aの手前側縁がA側貫通孔526b,527b,528b,529bの手前側縁より向こう側に位置している。
この実施の形態においては、第1の綴じ環512と第2の綴じ環513と第3の綴じ環514と第4の綴じ環515とが閉じられたとき、第2の綴じ部材512b,第4の綴じ部材513b,第6の綴じ部材514b,第8の綴じ部材515bの綴じ環係止部50の脱係が外される方向O2とは反対側である手前側のB側貫通孔526a,527a,528a,529aの孔縁の方が、第1の綴じ部材512a,第3の綴じ部材513a,第5の綴じ部材514a,第7の綴じ部材515aの綴じ環係止部50の脱係が外される方向O1の側であるA側貫通孔526b,527b,528b,529bの手前側の孔縁より、手前側に位置している。
The positions of the B side through holes 526a, 527a, 528a, 529a and the A side through holes 526b, 527b, 528b, 529b in the length direction of the holding member 16 are changed, and the B side through holes 526a, 527a, 528a, The near side edge of 529a is located on the far side from the near side edges of the A side through holes 526b, 527b, 528b, and 529b.
In this embodiment, when the first binding ring 512, the second binding ring 513, the third binding ring 514, and the fourth binding ring 515 are closed, the second binding member 512b, B-side through-holes 526a and 527a on the front side opposite to the direction O2 in which the disengagement of the binding ring locking portion 50 of the binding member 513b, the sixth binding member 514b, and the eighth binding member 515b is removed. , 528a, 529a, the binding edges of the first binding member 512a, the third binding member 513a, the fifth binding member 514a, and the seventh binding member 515a are disengaged from the outer edge of the hole. It is located on the near side from the hole edge on the near side of the A-side through holes 526b, 527b, 528b, and 529b on the direction O1 side.

作動部材518を構成する作動片は、前記実施の形態の綴具の作動片とは異なり長く形成された、左右一対の作動片530及び作動片532を有する。
第1の作動片530は、前記第1の綴じ部材512a、第3の綴じ部材513a、第5の綴じ部材514a及び第7の綴じ部材515aの基部が固定されている。
第2の作動片532は、第2の綴じ部材512b、第4の綴じ部材513b、第6の綴じ部材514b及び第8の綴じ部材515bの基部が固定されている。
The operation piece constituting the operation member 518 has a pair of left and right operation pieces 530 and an operation piece 532 which are formed longer than the operation pieces of the binding device of the above-described embodiment.
In the first operating piece 530, the bases of the first binding member 512a, the third binding member 513a, the fifth binding member 514a, and the seventh binding member 515a are fixed.
The second operating piece 532 has the bases of the second binding member 512b, the fourth binding member 513b, the sixth binding member 514b, and the eighth binding member 515b fixed.

前記第1の作動片530の第1係合部536aの係合面と前記第2の作動片532の第2係合部536bの係合面とを、前記基準面LP1及び基準面LP2と略々同じ高さ又は低い高さにおいて係合されている。
前記第2の作動片532の第1係合部536aの係合面と前記第1の作動片530の第2係合部536bの係合面とを、前記基準面LP1及び基準面LP2と略々同じ高さ又は低い高さにおいて係合されている。
第1係合部536aは、第1の作動片の向こう側第1係合部536a1、第1作動片の手前側第1係合部536a2、第2の作動片の手前側第1係合部536a3及び第2の作動片の向こう側第1係合部536a4を含む。
第2係合部536bは、第2の作動片の向こう側第2係合部536b1、第2の作動片の手前側第2係合部536b2、第1の作動片の手前側第2係合部536b3及び第1の作動片の向こう側第2係合部536b4を含む。
The engagement surface of the first engagement portion 536a of the first operation piece 530 and the engagement surface of the second engagement portion 536b of the second operation piece 532 are substantially the same as the reference surface LP1 and the reference surface LP2. Are engaged at the same or lower height.
The engagement surface of the first engagement portion 536a of the second operation piece 532 and the engagement surface of the second engagement portion 536b of the first operation piece 530 are substantially the same as the reference surface LP1 and the reference surface LP2. Are engaged at the same or lower height.
The first engaging portion 536a includes a first engaging portion 536a1 on the far side of the first operating piece, a first engaging portion 536a2 on the near side of the first operating piece, and a first engaging portion on the near side of the second operating piece. 536a3 and the second working piece beyond the first engaging portion 536a4.
The second engagement portion 536b includes a second engagement portion 536b1 on the far side of the second working piece, a second engagement portion 536b2 on the near side of the second working piece, and a second engagement on the near side of the first working piece. Part 536b3 and a second engaging part 536b4 beyond the first working piece.

第1の作動片530及び第2の作動片532は、第1の作動片の向こう側凹み部730d、第1の作動片の手前側凹み部中央730e、第2の作動片の向こう側凹み部732d及び第2の作動片の手前側凹み部732eが形成され、且つ、第1の作動片の向こう側凹み部730dに第1の作動片の向こう側第1係合部536a1を形成され、第2の作動片の向こう側凹み部732dに第2の作動片の向こう側第2係合部536b1を形成され、第2の作動片の手前側凹み部732eに第2の作動片の手前側第1係合部536a3を形成され、第1の作動片の手前側凹み部730eに第1の作動片の手前側第2係合部536b3を形成され、第1の作動片の手前側凹み部730eに第1の作動片の手前側第1係合部536a2を形成され、第2の作動片の手前側凹み部732eに第2の作動片の手前側第2係合部536b2を形成され、第2の作動片の向こう側凹み部732dに第2の作動片の向こう側第1係合部536a4を形成され、第1の作動片の向こう側凹み部730dに第1の作動片の向こう側第2係合部536b4を形成されている。   The first actuating piece 530 and the second actuating piece 532 include a first actuating piece-side recess 730d, a first actuating-side recess portion center 730e, and a second actuating piece-side recess portion. 732d and a front side recessed portion 732e of the second working piece are formed, and a first side working portion 536a1 of the first working piece is formed in the far side recessed portion 730d of the first working piece. A second engagement piece 536b1 on the other side of the second operation piece is formed in the depression 732d on the other side of the second operation piece, and a second front side of the second operation piece is formed on the front depression 732e of the second operation piece. The first engaging portion 536a3 is formed, the first working piece near side second engaging portion 536b3 is formed in the near side recessed portion 730e of the first working piece, and the near side recessed portion 730e of the first working piece is formed. Is formed with a first engaging portion 536a2 on the near side of the first operating piece, and the second operating portion The front side second engaging portion 536b2 of the second operating piece is formed in the front side recessed portion 732e, and the second operating piece beyond the first engaging portion on the far side recessed portion 732d of the second operating piece. 536a4 is formed, and the second engaging portion 536b4 on the other side of the first operating piece is formed in the recess 730d on the other side of the first operating piece.

第1の作動片の向こう側凹み部730d及び第2の作動片の向こう側凹み部732dと第1の作動片の手前凹み部730e及び第2の作動片の手前側凹み部732eは、第1の作動片530及び第2の作動片532の長さ方向において、上下に分かれて上下2対ずつ形成されている。
又、第1の作動片の向こう側第1係合部536a1及び第2の作動片の向こう側第1係合部536a4と第1の作動片の手前側第1係合部536a2及び第2の作動片の手前側第1係合部536a3も、第1の作動片530及び第2の作動片532の長さ方向において、上下に分かれて上下2対ずつ形成されている。
なお、移動規制部は、前記図2図示実施の形態と同様に構成され、規制凹部530f、532fと規制凸部530g、532gも同様に形成されている。
The first recess 730d of the first working piece, the recess 732d of the second actuation piece, the front recess 730e of the first actuation piece, and the front recess 732e of the second actuation piece are the first In the length direction of the working piece 530 and the second working piece 532, the working piece 530 and the second working piece 532 are divided into upper and lower portions and formed in two pairs.
Further, the first engagement piece 536a1 beyond the first working piece, the first engagement piece 536a4 beyond the second working piece, the first engagement piece 536a2 near the first working piece, and the second engagement piece 536a2. The first engagement portion 536a3 on the near side of the operating piece is also formed in two pairs of upper and lower parts in the longitudinal direction of the first operating piece 530 and the second operating piece 532.
The movement restricting portion is configured in the same manner as the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, and the restricting concave portions 530f and 532f and the restricting convex portions 530g and 532g are formed in the same manner.

移動規制部は、一方の第1の作動片530の突き合わせ縁530aに形成された規制凹部530f及び規制凸部530gと、他方の第2の作動片532の突き合わせ縁532aに形成された規制凹部532f及び規制凸部532gとから形成されているが、第1の綴じ環512,第2の綴じ環513,第3の綴じ環514,第4の綴じ環515を綴じ環係止部550において閉じたとき、一方の第1の作動片530の規制凹部530fは、係止された綴じ環係止部550が外れる方向に他方の綴じ部材(第2の綴じ部材512b,第4の綴じ部材513b,第6の綴じ部材514b,第8の綴じ部材515b)が移動することを許容するように、他方の第2の作動片532の規制凸部532gの移動を許容できる長さに形成されている。
この実施の形態においては、第1の作動片530の突き合わせ縁530aに穿設された規制凹部530fの長さは、第1の作動片530及び第2の作動片532の長さ方向において、第2の作動片532の突き合わせ縁532aに突設された規制凸部532gの長さよりも長く形成され、また、第2の作動片532の突き合わせ縁532aに穿設された規制凹部532fの長さは、第2の作動片532及び第1の作動片530の長さ方向において、第1の作動片530の突き合わせ縁530aに突設された規制凸部530gの長さよりも長く形成されている。
而して、第1の綴じ環512,第2の綴じ環513,第3の綴じ環514,第4の綴じ環515に被綴じ物Sを綴じ込んだときに、綴具510の長さ方向において下方(手前側)のみに向けて荷重がかかったときには、綴じ環係止部550において、第2の綴じ部材512b,第4の綴じ部材513b,第6の綴じ部材514b,第8の綴じ部材515bが、係止された第1の綴じ部材512a,第3の綴じ部材513a,第5の綴じ部材514a,第7の綴じ部材515a側に向けて(下方(手前側)に向けて)転位して、第1の綴じ部材512a,第3の綴じ部材513a,第5の綴じ部材514a,第7の綴じ部材515aの綴じ環係止部550に強く喰い込み、被綴じ物Sの重みで綴じ環係止部550が脱係することがない。
The movement restricting portion includes a restricting recess 530f and a restricting protrusion 530g formed on the butting edge 530a of one first operating piece 530, and a restricting recess 532f formed on the butting edge 532a of the other second actuating piece 532. And the restricting convex portion 532g, but the first binding ring 512, the second binding ring 513, the third binding ring 514, and the fourth binding ring 515 are closed at the binding ring locking portion 550. When the restriction concave portion 530f of one of the first operating pieces 530 is formed, the other binding member (second binding member 512b, fourth binding member 513b, 6, the binding member 514 b and the eighth binding member 515 b) are formed to have a length that allows the movement of the restricting convex portion 532 g of the other second operating piece 532.
In this embodiment, the length of the restriction recess 530f formed in the butt edge 530a of the first working piece 530 is the same as that of the first working piece 530 and the second working piece 532 in the length direction. The length of the restricting convex portion 532g projecting from the butting edge 532a of the second actuating piece 532 is longer than the length of the restricting convex portion 532g of the second actuating piece 532. In the length direction of the second working piece 532 and the first working piece 530, the length is longer than the length of the restricting convex portion 530 g provided on the butting edge 530 a of the first working piece 530.
Thus, when the object to be bound S is bound into the first binding ring 512, the second binding ring 513, the third binding ring 514, and the fourth binding ring 515, the length direction of the binding tool 510. , The second binding member 512b, the fourth binding member 513b, the sixth binding member 514b, and the eighth binding member are applied to the binding ring locking portion 550. 515b is displaced toward the locked first binding member 512a, third binding member 513a, fifth binding member 514a, and seventh binding member 515a (downward (front side)). Then, the first binding member 512a, the third binding member 513a, the fifth binding member 514a, and the seventh binding member 515a strongly bite into the binding ring locking portion 550, and the binding ring is weighted with the weight of the binding object S. The locking part 550 does not disengage.

しかも、保持部材516の向こう側の貫通孔526,手前側の貫通孔527,第3の貫通孔528,第4の貫通孔529は、保持部材516の長さ方向における位置が変化づけられていることと相俟って、より第1の綴じ環512,第2の綴じ環513,第3の綴じ環514,第4の綴じ環515の綴じ環係止部550が被綴じ物Sの重みで綴具510の長さ方向において下方(手前側)のみに向けて荷重がかかったときには、脱係することを防ぐことができる。   Moreover, the positions of the through hole 526 on the far side of the holding member 516, the through hole 527 on the near side, the third through hole 528, and the fourth through hole 529 are changed in the length direction of the holding member 516. In combination with this, the binding ring locking portion 550 of the first binding ring 512, the second binding ring 513, the third binding ring 514, and the fourth binding ring 515 is weighted by the binding object S. When a load is applied only downward (front side) in the length direction of the binding tool 510, disengagement can be prevented.

そして、開閉部材540は、第1の作動片530の開閉部材固定部538a1と第2の作動片532の開閉部材固定部538b1とに跨って突き合わせ縁530a及び突き合わせ縁532aと斜交するように固定され、開閉部材542は、第1の作動片530の開閉部材固定部538a2と第2の作動片532の開閉部材固定部538b2とに跨って突き合わせ縁530a及び突き合わせ縁532aと斜交するように固定される。
開閉部材540の固定先端部540aは第1の作動片530の開閉部材固定部538a1に、固定先端部540bは第2の作動片532の開閉部材固定部538b1にそれぞれ固定され、開閉部材542の固定先端部542aは第1の作動片530の開閉部材固定部538a2に、固定先端部542bは第2の作動片532の開閉部材固定部538b2にそれぞれ固定される。
The opening / closing member 540 is fixed so as to cross the butt edge 530a and the butt edge 532a across the opening / closing member fixing portion 538a1 of the first operating piece 530 and the opening / closing member fixing portion 538b1 of the second operating piece 532. The opening / closing member 542 is fixed so as to cross the butt edge 530a and the butt edge 532a across the opening / closing member fixing portion 538a2 of the first operating piece 530 and the opening / closing member fixing portion 538b2 of the second operating piece 532. Is done.
The fixed tip 540 a of the opening / closing member 540 is fixed to the opening / closing member fixing portion 538 a 1 of the first operating piece 530, and the fixed tip 540 b is fixed to the opening / closing member fixing portion 538 b 1 of the second operating piece 532. The distal end portion 542a is fixed to the opening / closing member fixing portion 538a2 of the first operating piece 530, and the fixed leading end portion 542b is fixed to the opening / closing member fixing portion 538b2 of the second operating piece 532, respectively.

前記第1の作動片530は、前記突き合わせ縁530aとは離れた位置で、間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴じ環512の基部と第5の綴じ環515の基部とを結ぶ方向(図34図示X1及びX2方向)に近い方向にのびる突条530hが形成されている。この実施の形態においては、第1の綴じ環512の基部と第5の綴じ環515の基部とを結ぶ方向と平行で第1の作動片530の長さ方向にのびる。
前記突条530hは、間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴じ環512の基部と第5の綴じ環515の基部の間で、外側端縁530bにおいて、突出部530c3の近傍を除いて連続して、第1の綴じ環512及び第5の綴じ環515が突出する方向とは反対側に向けて突設されている。
前記突条530hは、第1の作動片530を構成する平板状の金属製板体を断面L字形に折り曲げて形成されている。
また、前記第2の作動片532は、前記突き合わせ縁532aとは離れた位置で、間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴じ環512の基部と第5の綴じ環515の基部とを結ぶ方向(図34図示X1及びX2方向)に近い方向にのびる突条532hが形成されている。この実施の形態においては、第1の綴じ環512の基部と第5の綴じ環515の基部とを結ぶ方向と平行で第2の作動片532の長さ方向にのびる。
前記突条532hは、間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴じ環512の基部と第5の綴じ環515の基部の間で、外側端縁532bにおいて、突出部530c3の近傍を除いて連続して、第1の綴じ環512及び第5の綴じ環515が突出する方向とは反対側に向けて突設されている。
前記突条532hは、第2の作動片532を構成する平板状の金属製板体を断面L字形に折り曲げて形成されている。
したがって、第1の作動片530及び第2の作動片532は、第1の綴じ環512の基部と第5の綴じ環515の基部間におけるしなりが、突条530h及び突条532hにより防止される。
The first actuating piece 530 is connected to a base portion of the first binding ring 512 and a base portion of the fifth binding ring 515 provided at a distance from the butting edge 530a (see FIG. 34 ridges 530h extending in a direction close to the X1 and X2 directions shown in FIG. In this embodiment, the first working piece 530 extends in the length direction in parallel with the direction connecting the base of the first binding ring 512 and the base of the fifth binding ring 515.
The protrusion 530h is continuous between the base portion of the first binding ring 512 and the base portion of the fifth binding ring 515 provided at intervals, except for the vicinity of the protruding portion 530c3 at the outer edge 530b. Thus, the first binding ring 512 and the fifth binding ring 515 are protruded toward the opposite side of the protruding direction.
The protrusion 530h is formed by bending a flat metal plate constituting the first operating piece 530 into an L-shaped cross section.
In addition, the second operating piece 532 is connected to the base portion of the first binding ring 512 and the base portion of the fifth binding ring 515 provided at a distance from the butting edge 532a. A protrusion 532h extending in a direction close to (in the direction of X1 and X2 in FIG. 34) is formed. In this embodiment, the second working piece 532 extends in the length direction in parallel with the direction connecting the base portion of the first binding ring 512 and the base portion of the fifth binding ring 515.
The protrusion 532h is continuous between the base portion of the first binding ring 512 and the base portion of the fifth binding ring 515 provided at intervals, except for the vicinity of the protruding portion 530c3 at the outer edge 532b. Thus, the first binding ring 512 and the fifth binding ring 515 are protruded toward the opposite side of the protruding direction.
The protrusion 532h is formed by bending a flat metal plate constituting the second operating piece 532 into an L-shaped cross section.
Therefore, the first operating piece 530 and the second operating piece 532 are prevented from being bent between the base portion of the first binding ring 512 and the base portion of the fifth binding ring 515 by the protrusions 530h and the protrusions 532h. The

第1の作動片530は、基部で固定された第1の綴じ部材512a及び第7の綴じ部材515aの基部の近傍と中央の突出部530c3の近傍とに、第1の作動片530を補強してしなりを少なくするために、ビード534a、ビード534b及びビード534eが上面に向けて突設されている。
第2の作動片532は、基部で固定された第2の綴じ部材512b及び第8の綴じ部材515bの基部の近傍と中央の突出部532c3の近傍とに、第2の作動片532を補強してしなりを少なくするために、ビード534c、ビード534d及びビード534fが上面に向けて突設されている。
The first operating piece 530 reinforces the first operating piece 530 in the vicinity of the base of the first binding member 512a and the seventh binding member 515a fixed at the base and in the vicinity of the central protrusion 530c3. In order to reduce the bending, a bead 534a, a bead 534b, and a bead 534e are projected toward the upper surface.
The second operating piece 532 reinforces the second operating piece 532 in the vicinity of the base of the second binding member 512b and the eighth binding member 515b fixed at the base and in the vicinity of the central protrusion 532c3. In order to reduce the bending, a bead 534c, a bead 534d, and a bead 534f are projected toward the upper surface.

ビード534aは、第1の綴じ部材512aの基部と突出部530c1との間において第1の作動片530の長手方向にのびる第1直線部534a1と、突条530hの内側(第1の作動片530の幅方向における略々中央において)で第1の綴じ部材512aの基部の近傍から第1の作動片530の長手方向にのびる第2直線部534a2と、第1直線部534a1の内側端と第2直線部534a2の外側端との間を結ぶ斜線部534a3とを備え、第1の作動片530の下面から上面に向けて一定幅を有する直線状凸部を突設してなる。
ビード534bは、第7の綴じ部材515aの基部と突出部530c2との間において第1の作動片530の長手方向にのびる第1直線部534b1と、突条530hの内側(第1の作動片530の幅方向における略々中央において)で第3の綴じ部材514aの基部の近傍から第1の作動片530の長手方向にのびる第2直線部534b2と、第1直線部534b1の内側端と第2直線部534b2の外側端との間を結ぶ斜線部534b3とを備え、第1の作動片530の下面から上面に向けて一定幅を有する直線状凸部を突設してなる。
ビード534cは、第2の綴じ部材512bの基部と突出部532c1との間において第2の作動片532の長手方向にのびる第1直線部534c1と、突条532hの内側(第2の作動片532の幅方向における略々中央において)で第2の綴じ部材512bの基部の近傍から第2の作動片532の長手方向にのびる第2直線部534c2と、第1直線部534c1の内側端と第2直線部534c2の外側端との間を結ぶ斜線部534c3とを備え、第2の作動片532の下面から上面に向けて一定幅を有する直線状凸部を突設してなる。
ビード534dは、第8の綴じ部材515bの基部と突出部532c2との間において第2の作動片532の長手方向にのびる第1直線部534d1と、突条532hの内側(第2の作動片532の幅方向における略々中央において)で第3の綴じ部材514bの基部の近傍から第2の作動片532の長手方向にのびる第2直線部534d2と、第1直線部534d1の内側端と第2直線部534d2の外側端との間を結ぶ斜線部534d3とを備え、第2の作動片532の下面から上面に向けて一定幅を有する直線状凸部を突設してなる。
ビード534eは、直線状であり、突出部530c3の近傍において、上下に分断された突条530hと突条530hとの間に跨って形成されている。
ビード534fは、直線状であり、突出部532c3の近傍において、上下に分断された突条532hと532hとの間に跨って形成されている。
The bead 534a includes a first straight portion 534a1 extending in the longitudinal direction of the first operating piece 530 between the base portion of the first binding member 512a and the protruding portion 530c1, and the inner side of the protrusion 530h (the first operating piece 530). The second linear portion 534a2 extending from the vicinity of the base of the first binding member 512a in the longitudinal direction of the first binding member 512a, the inner end of the first linear portion 534a1 and the second It has a slanted line part 534a3 connecting with the outer end of the straight line part 534a2, and is formed by projecting a linear convex part having a constant width from the lower surface of the first operating piece 530 toward the upper surface.
The bead 534b includes a first linear portion 534b1 extending in the longitudinal direction of the first operating piece 530 between the base portion of the seventh binding member 515a and the protruding portion 530c2, and an inner side of the protrusion 530h (the first operating piece 530). The second linear portion 534b2 extending from the vicinity of the base of the third binding member 514a in the longitudinal direction of the first binding piece 530, the inner end of the first linear portion 534b1, and the second It has a slanted line portion 534b3 connecting with the outer end of the straight line portion 534b2, and is formed by projecting a straight convex portion having a constant width from the lower surface of the first operating piece 530 toward the upper surface.
The bead 534c includes a first linear portion 534c1 extending in the longitudinal direction of the second operating piece 532 between the base portion of the second binding member 512b and the protruding portion 532c1, and an inner side of the protrusion 532h (second operating piece 532). The second linear portion 534c2 extending from the vicinity of the base of the second binding member 512b in the longitudinal direction of the second binding member 512b, the inner end of the first linear portion 534c1, and the second end. It has a slanted line portion 534c3 connecting with the outer end of the straight line portion 534c2, and is formed by projecting a linear convex portion having a certain width from the lower surface to the upper surface of the second operating piece 532.
The bead 534d includes a first straight portion 534d1 extending in the longitudinal direction of the second operating piece 532 between the base portion of the eighth binding member 515b and the protruding portion 532c2, and an inner side of the protrusion 532h (second operating piece 532). The second linear portion 534d2 extending from the vicinity of the base of the third binding member 514b in the longitudinal direction of the second binding piece 532, the inner end of the first linear portion 534d1, and the second It has a slanted line part 534d3 connecting with the outer end of the straight line part 534d2, and is formed by projecting a straight convex part having a constant width from the lower surface of the second working piece 532 toward the upper surface.
The bead 534e is linear and is formed between the protrusion 530h and the protrusion 530h divided in the vertical direction in the vicinity of the protrusion 530c3.
The bead 534f is linear and is formed between the protrusions 532h and 532h divided in the vertical direction in the vicinity of the protrusion 532c3.

開閉部材は、前記実施の形態の綴具においては、一対の作動片に対応して、1個が装填されていたが、この実施の形態の綴具においては、一対の作動片530及び作動片532の長さに対応して、上下に1個ずつ、合計2個の開閉部材540及び開閉部材542が装填されている。   In the binding device of the above-described embodiment, one opening / closing member is loaded corresponding to the pair of operating pieces. However, in the binding device of this embodiment, the pair of operating pieces 530 and the operating piece is provided. Corresponding to the length of 532, a total of two opening / closing members 540 and opening / closing members 542 are loaded, one on the top and one on the bottom.

突出部530c1は第1保持部560により、突出部530c2は第1保持部562により、突出部532c1は第2保持部564により、突出部532c2は第2保持部566により、それぞれ保持される。
また、突出部530c3は第3保持部561により、突出部532c3は第3保持部565により、それぞれ保持される。
The protruding portion 530c1 is held by the first holding portion 560, the protruding portion 530c2 is held by the first holding portion 562, the protruding portion 532c1 is held by the second holding portion 564, and the protruding portion 532c2 is held by the second holding portion 566.
Further, the protruding portion 530c3 is held by the third holding portion 561, and the protruding portion 532c3 is held by the third holding portion 565, respectively.

次に、本発明にかかる別の実施の形態である3穴真円型リング綴具について、図37ないし図41に基づいて説明する。
この実施の形態の綴具610は、前記実施の形態の綴具210と略同様の構成であるが、主として、綴じ環の数が増加したことに伴う、保持部材の構成、作動部材の構成および開閉部材の構成が異なるので、それらを中心に以下説明する。
Next, a three-hole perfect circle ring binding device according to another embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS.
The binding device 610 of this embodiment has substantially the same configuration as that of the binding device 210 of the above embodiment, but mainly the configuration of the holding member, the configuration of the operating member, and Since the configuration of the opening / closing member is different, the following description will be made focusing on them.

綴具610は、一対のそれぞれ略円環状の金属製の第1の綴じ環612、第2の綴じ環613及び第3の綴じ環614と、前記第1の綴じ環612ないし第3の綴じ環614をそれぞれ間隔をおいて設けることができる長さを備えた保持部材616と、その表面に第1の綴じ環612ないし第3の綴じ環614が間隔をおいてそれぞれの基部が固定され、第1の綴じ環612、第2の綴じ環613及び第3の綴じ環614が前記保持部材616に固定されるように保持部材616の内側に可動自在に固定された作動部材618とを備える。   The binding tool 610 includes a pair of substantially annular metal first binding ring 612, second binding ring 613, and third binding ring 614, and the first binding ring 612 to the third binding ring. A holding member 616 having a length capable of providing 614 at intervals, and a first binding ring 612 to a third binding ring 614 on the surface of the holding member 616 and the respective bases thereof are fixed at intervals. The first binding ring 612, the second binding ring 613, and the third binding ring 614 include an operation member 618 movably fixed inside the holding member 616 so as to be fixed to the holding member 616.

綴じ環は、3穴タイプのために、第1の綴じ環612、第2の綴じ環613及び第3の綴じ環614の3個の綴じ環からなる。第1の綴じ環612は、第1の綴じ部材612aおよび第2の綴じ部材612bを備え、第2の綴じ環613は、第3の綴じ部材613aおよび第4の綴じ部材613bを備え、第3の綴じ環614は、第5の綴じ部材614aおよび第6の綴じ部材614bを備える。
そして、用紙等の被綴じ物Sに予め穿設された綴じ孔に挿通して、用紙等の被綴じ物Sを綴じることができるように、第1の綴じ部材612aおよび第2の綴じ部材612bの先端と、第3の綴じ部材613aおよび第4の綴じ部材613bの先端と、第5の綴じ部材614aと第6の綴じ部材614bの先端とにおいて、すなわち第1の綴じ環612、第2の綴じ環613および第3の綴じ環614の頂部において、綴じ環係止部650が形成されている。
The binding ring includes three binding rings of a first binding ring 612, a second binding ring 613, and a third binding ring 614 for the three-hole type. The first binding ring 612 includes a first binding member 612a and a second binding member 612b, and the second binding ring 613 includes a third binding member 613a and a fourth binding member 613b. The binding ring 614 includes a fifth binding member 614a and a sixth binding member 614b.
Then, the first binding member 612a and the second binding member 612b are configured so that the binding object S such as a sheet can be bound by being inserted into a binding hole that is previously drilled in the binding object S such as a sheet. , The third binding member 613a and the fourth binding member 613b, and the fifth binding member 614a and the sixth binding member 614b, that is, the first binding ring 612 and the second binding member 614b. A binding ring locking portion 650 is formed at the top of the binding ring 613 and the third binding ring 614.

前記綴じ環を構成する第1の綴じ環612、第2の綴じ環613及び第3の綴じ環614は、断面円形状金属製線材を、綴じ環係止部650を外す方向(図38のO1及びO2の方向)にのばし、且つ中央部分を押さえることによって綴じ環を閉じる方向に対してわん曲させて形成されている。そして、第1の綴じ環612、第2の綴じ環613及び第3の綴じ環614は、中央が綴じ環を開く方向(第1の綴じ部材612a、第3の綴じ部材613a及び第5の綴じ部材614aは、図38のO3方向、第2の綴じ部材612b、第4の綴じ部材613b、第6の綴じ部材614bは、図38のO4方向)に膨み且つ両端が綴じ環を閉じる方向にわん曲した断面略空豆(ビーンズ)型の形状に形成されている。
すなわち、環状の第1の綴じ環612、第2の綴じ環613及び第3の綴じ環614を開閉方向に見て、第1の綴じ環612、第2の綴じ環613及び第3の綴じ環614の内側は波状起伏面が形成され、第1の綴じ環612、第2の綴じ環613及び第3の綴じ環614の外側は半円弧状に形成されている。そして、第1の綴じ環612、第2の綴じ環613及び第3の綴じ環614は、綴じ環を外す方向に見て、両外側が、半円弧状に形成されている。
従来の断面形状丸型の綴じ環は、小径だと変形に弱く、大径にすれば断面積が増して材料費がかさみ、従来の断面形状略長方形の綴じ環は、用紙等の被綴じ物Sにあける綴じ穴には丸穴が多いので、用紙等の被綴じ物Sの綴じ穴に対応しにくく、用紙等の被綴じ物Sの綴じ穴を傷つけるおそれがある。
ところが、綴じ環を構成する第1の綴じ環612、第2の綴じ環613及び第3の綴じ環614は、細いならば綴じ環係止部650の嵌合がうまくゆかないときがある。
そのために、第1の綴じ環612、第2の綴じ環613及び第3の綴じ環614の幅を広げたいが、元の線材として断面積の小さいものを使用しても、元の金属製線材を加工することにより綴じ環としては必要な幅が確保されるようにしたい。
そこで、本発明にかかる綴じ環は、それを形成する線材の中央部分を押さえて線材を空豆(ビーンズ)型につぶすことにより全体としての幅を広げ、すなわち、綴じ環の全体の幅を綴じ環係止部650を外す方向に広げて、綴じ環係止部650の嵌合を完全にできるように形成している。
The first binding ring 612, the second binding ring 613, and the third binding ring 614 constituting the binding ring are made of a metal wire having a circular cross section in a direction in which the binding ring locking portion 650 is removed (O1 in FIG. 38). And the O2 direction), and the center portion is pressed to bend the binding ring in the closing direction. The first binding ring 612, the second binding ring 613, and the third binding ring 614 are arranged in the direction in which the center opens the binding ring (the first binding member 612a, the third binding member 613a, and the fifth binding ring). The member 614a swells in the O3 direction in FIG. 38, the second binding member 612b, the fourth binding member 613b, and the sixth binding member 614b in the O4 direction in FIG. It is formed into a curved bean shape with a curved cross section.
That is, when the first binding ring 612, the second binding ring 613, and the third binding ring 614 are viewed in the opening and closing direction, the first binding ring 612, the second binding ring 613, and the third binding ring are viewed. A wavy undulating surface is formed on the inner side of 614, and the outer sides of the first binding ring 612, the second binding ring 613, and the third binding ring 614 are formed in a semicircular arc shape. The first binding ring 612, the second binding ring 613, and the third binding ring 614 are formed in a semicircular shape on both outer sides when viewed in the direction in which the binding ring is removed.
Conventional cross-section round binding rings are less susceptible to deformation if they have a small diameter, while large diameters increase the cross-sectional area and increase material costs. Since there are many round holes in the binding hole in S, it is difficult to correspond to the binding hole of the binding object S such as paper, and the binding hole of the binding object S such as paper may be damaged.
However, if the first binding ring 612, the second binding ring 613, and the third binding ring 614 that form the binding ring are thin, the binding ring locking portion 650 may not be fitted properly.
Therefore, although it is desired to increase the width of the first binding ring 612, the second binding ring 613, and the third binding ring 614, the original metal wire rod can be used even if an original wire rod having a small cross-sectional area is used. It is desirable to secure the necessary width for the binding ring by processing.
Therefore, the binding ring according to the present invention increases the overall width by pressing the central portion of the wire forming the wire rod and crushing the wire into a bean shape, that is, the entire width of the binding ring is increased. The locking part 650 is widened in the direction of removing, and is formed so that the binding ring locking part 650 can be completely fitted.

保持部材616は、第1の綴じ環612、第2の綴じ環613及び第3の綴じ環614を所定の間隔をおいて設けることができる長さを備える平面略長方形で、その両端、すなわち表紙COに取り付ける取付孔620近傍においては、平面略半円弧状に形成されている。
保持部材616は、被綴じ物載置部622の内側には保持空間を備え、その空間に作動部材618等を収容するように構成されている。
保持部材616の被綴じ物載置部622の両端には、その長手方向に略々その一端から他端に亘って、作動部材618を摺動自在に保持する保持壁624が設けられている。この実施の形態においては、保持部材616の長手方向において、第1の綴じ環612、第2の綴じ環613及び第3の綴じ環614のそれぞれの外側近傍より内部に亘って略全体において垂下されるように、第1の保持壁624aおよび第2の保持壁624bが連設され、第1の保持壁624aと第2の保持壁624bとは平行で略同一の形状の板状である。そして、この第1の保持壁624aおよび第2の保持壁624bと被綴じ物載置部622によって囲繞された保持空間内に、後に詳しく説明する作動部材618等が収容される。
The holding member 616 is a substantially rectangular plane having a length that allows the first binding ring 612, the second binding ring 613, and the third binding ring 614 to be provided at a predetermined interval. In the vicinity of the attachment hole 620 attached to the CO, it is formed in a substantially semicircular arc shape on a plane.
The holding member 616 includes a holding space inside the binding object mounting portion 622, and is configured to accommodate the operation member 618 and the like in the space.
At both ends of the binding object mounting portion 622 of the holding member 616, holding walls 624 are provided for slidably holding the operating member 618 from one end to the other end in the longitudinal direction. In this embodiment, in the longitudinal direction of the holding member 616, the first binding ring 612, the second binding ring 613, and the third binding ring 614 are suspended substantially from the outside to the inside. In this way, the first holding wall 624a and the second holding wall 624b are connected in series, and the first holding wall 624a and the second holding wall 624b are parallel and have substantially the same plate shape. In the holding space surrounded by the first holding wall 624a and the second holding wall 624b and the binding object mounting portion 622, an operation member 618 and the like described in detail later are accommodated.

保持部材616の被綴じ物載置部622には、第1の綴じ環612と第2の綴じ環613とに、第3の綴じ環614とを、一定の間隔(日本工業規格等で決められている一定の長さ)をおいて遊貫するための、一方の貫通孔626、他方の貫通孔627及び第3の貫通孔628がそれぞれ穿設されている。
一方の向こう側の貫通孔626と第2の貫通孔627と他方の手前側の貫通孔628とは、それぞれの綴じ環を構成する綴じ部材に対応して、保持部材616の幅方向において左右に分かれて一定の間隔をおいて、B側貫通孔626a,627a,628aとA側貫通孔626b,627b,628bとが2つずつ穿設されている。
B側貫通孔626a,627a,628aは、第1の綴じ部材612a,第3の綴じ部材613a,第5の綴じ部材614aを貫入し保持部材616の長さ方向において第1の綴じ部材612a,第3の綴じ部材613a,第5の綴じ部材614aを孔の中において移動することができる間隔を備え、A側貫通孔626b,627b,628bは、第2の綴じ部材612b,第4の綴じ部材613b,第6の綴じ部材614bを貫入し保持部材616の長さ方向において第2の綴じ部材612b,第4の綴じ部材613b,第6の綴じ部材614bを孔の中において移動することができる間隔を備える。B側貫通孔626a,627a,628a及びA側貫通孔626b,627b,628bは、平面視略U字状で開口部分から続く向こう側の孔縁と手前側の孔縁とを有する。
A側貫通孔626b,627b,628bは、B側貫通孔626a,627a,628aと対称形であり、平面視略U字状で開口部分から続く向こう側の孔縁と手前側の孔縁とを有する。
B側貫通孔626aとB側貫通孔627aとB側貫通孔628aとは同じ形状であり、A側貫通孔626bとA側貫通孔627bとA側貫通孔628bとは同じ形状である。
In the binding object mounting portion 622 of the holding member 616, the first binding ring 612, the second binding ring 613, and the third binding ring 614 are set at a constant interval (determined by Japanese Industrial Standards or the like). One through-hole 626, the other through-hole 627, and the third through-hole 628 are drilled in order to loosen with a certain length).
One through-hole 626, the second through-hole 627, and the other through-hole 628 on the other side correspond to the binding members that form the respective binding rings, and are left and right in the width direction of the holding member 616. Two B-side through-holes 626a, 627a, and 628a and two A-side through-holes 626b, 627b, and 628b are formed at a predetermined interval.
The B-side through holes 626a, 627a, and 628a penetrate the first binding member 612a, the third binding member 613a, and the fifth binding member 614a, and the first binding member 612a and the first binding member 616a in the length direction of the holding member 616. The A-side through holes 626b, 627b, and 628b are provided with a second binding member 612b and a fourth binding member 613b, respectively, so that the third binding member 613a and the fifth binding member 614a can move in the hole. , The interval at which the sixth binding member 614b can penetrate and the second binding member 612b, the fourth binding member 613b, and the sixth binding member 614b can move in the hole in the length direction of the holding member 616. Prepare. The B-side through-holes 626a, 627a, 628a and the A-side through-holes 626b, 627b, 628b are substantially U-shaped in plan view and have a hole edge on the far side continuing from the opening portion and a hole edge on the near side.
The A side through holes 626b, 627b, and 628b are symmetrical with the B side through holes 626a, 627a, and 628a, and have a substantially U shape in a plan view and have a hole edge on the far side and a hole edge on the near side that continue from the opening portion. Have.
The B side through hole 626a, the B side through hole 627a, and the B side through hole 628a have the same shape, and the A side through hole 626b, the A side through hole 627b, and the A side through hole 628b have the same shape.

B側貫通孔626a,627a,628aとA側貫通孔626b,627b,628bとは、保持部材16の長さ方向における位置が変化づけられ、B側貫通孔626a,627a,628aの手前側縁がA側貫通孔626b,627b,628bの手前側縁より向こう側に位置している。
この実施の形態においては、第1の綴じ環612と第2の綴じ環613と第3の綴じ環614とが閉じられたとき、第2の綴じ部材612b,第4の綴じ部材613b,第6の綴じ部材614bの綴じ環係止部50の脱係が外される方向O2とは反対側であるB側貫通孔626a,627a,628aの手前側の孔縁の方が、第1の綴じ部材612a,第3の綴じ部材613a,第5の綴じ部材614aの綴じ環係止部50の脱係が外される方向O1の側であるA側貫通孔626b,627b,628bの手前側の孔縁より、手前側に位置している。
The positions of the B side through holes 626a, 627a, 628a and the A side through holes 626b, 627b, 628b in the length direction of the holding member 16 are changed, and the front side edges of the B side through holes 626a, 627a, 628a are It is located beyond the near side edge of the A side through holes 626b, 627b, 628b.
In this embodiment, when the first binding ring 612, the second binding ring 613, and the third binding ring 614 are closed, the second binding member 612b, the fourth binding member 613b, The front edge of the B-side through-holes 626a, 627a, and 628a, which is opposite to the direction O2 in which the binding ring engaging portion 50 of the binding member 614b is disengaged, is the first binding member. 612a, the third binding member 613a, the front edge of the A side through holes 626b, 627b, 628b on the side of the direction O1 in which the disengagement of the binding ring locking portion 50 of the fifth binding member 614a is removed It is located on the near side.

作動部材618を構成する作動片は、前記実施の形態の綴具10の作動片と同様に、左右一対の作動片を有する。
前記第1の綴じ部材612a、第3の綴じ部材613a及び第5の綴じ部材614aの基部が固定された第1の作動片630と第2の綴じ部材612b、第4の綴じ部材613b及び第6の綴じ部材614bの基部が固定された第2の作動片632とは、前記実施の形態の第1の作動片530および第2の作動片532と略同一に形成されている。
The operating piece constituting the operating member 618 has a pair of left and right operating pieces, like the operating piece of the binding device 10 of the above-described embodiment.
The first operating piece 630, the second binding member 612b, the fourth binding member 613b, and the sixth binding member 612a to which the bases of the first binding member 612a, the third binding member 613a, and the fifth binding member 614a are fixed are fixed. The second operating piece 632 to which the base of the binding member 614b is fixed is formed substantially the same as the first operating piece 530 and the second operating piece 532 of the above embodiment.

前記第1の作動片630の第1係合部636aの係合面と前記第2の作動片632の第2係合部636bの係合面とを、前記基準面LP1及び基準面LP2と略々同じ高さ又は低い高さにおいて係合されている。
前記第2の作動片632の第1係合部636aの係合面と前記第1の作動片630の第2係合部36bの係合面とを、前記基準面LP1及び基準面LP2と略々同じ高さ又は低い高さにおいて係合されている。
第1係合部636aは、第1の作動片の向こう側第1係合部636a1、第1作動片の手前側第1係合部636a2、第2の作動片の手前側第1係合部636a3及び第2の作動片の向こう側第1係合部636a4を含む。
第2係合部636bは、第2の作動片の向こう側第2係合部636b1、第2の作動片の手前側第2係合部636b2、第1の作動片の手前側第2係合部636b3及び第1の作動片の向こう側第2係合部636b4を含む。
また、この実施の形態においては、第1の作動片630及び第2の作動片632の長手方向における中央においても、第1係合部636a及び第2係合部636bが形成されている。
中央の第1係合部636a及び第2係合部636bは、第1の作動片の中央の凹み部830d5及び第1係合部636a5並びに第2の作動片の凹み部832d5及び第1係合部636a6が形成されている。
The engagement surface of the first engagement portion 636a of the first operation piece 630 and the engagement surface of the second engagement portion 636b of the second operation piece 632 are substantially the same as the reference surface LP1 and the reference surface LP2. Are engaged at the same or lower height.
The engagement surface of the first engagement portion 636a of the second operation piece 632 and the engagement surface of the second engagement portion 36b of the first operation piece 630 are substantially the same as the reference surface LP1 and the reference surface LP2. Are engaged at the same or lower height.
The first engaging portion 636a includes a first engaging portion 636a1 on the far side of the first operating piece, a first engaging portion 636a2 on the near side of the first operating piece, and a first engaging portion on the near side of the second operating piece. 636a3 and the second working piece beyond the first engaging portion 636a4.
The second engagement portion 636b includes a second engagement portion 636b1 beyond the second operation piece, a second engagement portion 636b2 on the near side of the second operation piece, and a second engagement on the near side of the first operation piece. Part 636b3 and the second working part 636b4 beyond the first working piece.
In this embodiment, the first engaging portion 636a and the second engaging portion 636b are also formed at the center in the longitudinal direction of the first operating piece 630 and the second operating piece 632.
The first engaging portion 636a and the second engaging portion 636b at the center are the recessed portion 830d5 and the first engaging portion 636a5 at the center of the first operating piece, and the recessed portion 832d5 and the first engaging portion of the second operating piece, respectively. A portion 636a6 is formed.

第1の作動片630及び第2の作動片632は、第1の作動片の向こう側凹み部830d、第1の作動片の手前側凹み部830e、第2の作動片の向こう側凹み部832d及び第2の作動片の手前側凹み部832eが形成され、且つ、第1の作動片の向こう側凹み部830dに第1の作動片の向こう側第1係合部636a1を形成され、第2の作動片の向こう側凹み部832dに第2の作動片の向こう側第2係合部636b1を形成され、第2の作動片の手前側凹み部832eに第2の作動片の手前側第1係合部636a3を形成され、第1の作動片の手前側凹み部830eに第1の作動片の手前側第2係合部636b3を形成され、第2の作動片の手前側凹み部832eに第1の作動片の手前側第1係合部636a2を形成され、第2の作動片の手前側凹み部832eに第2の作動片の手前側第2係合部636b2を形成され、第2の作動片の向こう側凹み部832dに第2の作動片の向こう側第1係合部636a4を形成され、第1の作動片の向こう側凹み部830dに第1の作動片の向こう側第2係合部636b4を形成されている。
なお、移動規制部は、前記図2図示実施の形態と同様に構成され、規制凹部630f、632fと規制凸部630g、632gも同様に形成されている。
The first actuating piece 630 and the second actuating piece 632 include a first actuating piece-side recess 830d, a first actuating piece-side recess 830e, and a second actuating piece-side recess 832d. And a second recess 832e on the near side of the second working piece, and a first engagement piece 636a1 on the far side of the first working piece is formed in the far side recess 830d of the first working piece, and the second A second engagement piece 636b1 on the other side of the second working piece is formed in the recessed part 832d on the other side of the second working piece, and a first front side of the second working piece is provided on the near side recessed part 832e of the second working piece. An engaging portion 636a3 is formed, a near-side second engaging portion 636b3 of the first operating piece is formed in the near-side recessed portion 830e of the first operating piece, and a near-side recessed portion 832e of the second operating piece is formed. A first engaging portion 636a2 on the front side of the first operating piece is formed, and the second operating piece is A second engagement portion 636b2 on the near side of the second operating piece is formed in the front recess portion 832e, and a first engagement portion 636a4 on the other side of the second operation piece is provided in the recess portion 832d on the other side of the second operation piece. The second working portion 636b4 on the far side of the first operating piece is formed in the recessed portion 830d on the far side of the first working piece.
The movement restricting portion is configured in the same manner as the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, and the restricting concave portions 630f and 632f and the restricting convex portions 630g and 632g are formed in the same manner.

移動規制部は、一方の第1の作動片630の突き合わせ縁630aに形成された規制凹部630f及び規制凸部630gと、他方の第2の作動片632の突き合わせ縁632aに形成された規制凹部632f及び規制凸部632gとから形成されているが、第1の綴じ環612,第2の綴じ環613,第3の綴じ環614を綴じ環係止部650において閉じたとき、一方の第1の作動片630の規制凹部630fは、係止された綴じ環係止部650が外れる方向に他方の綴じ部材が移動することを許容するように、他方の第2の作動片632の規制凸部632gの移動を許容できる長さに形成されている。
この実施の形態においては、第1の作動片630の突き合わせ縁630aに穿設された規制凹部630fの長さは、第1の作動片630及び第2の作動片632の長さ方向において、第2の作動片632の突き合わせ縁632aに突設された規制凸部632gの長さよりも長く形成され、また、第2の作動片632の突き合わせ縁632aに穿設された規制凹部632fの長さは、第2の作動片632及び第1の作動片630の長さ方向において、第1の作動片630の突き合わせ縁630aに突設された規制凸部630gの長さよりも長く形成されている。
而して、第1の綴じ環612,第2の綴じ環613,第3の綴じ環614に被綴じ物Sを綴じ込んだときに、綴具610の長さ方向において下方(手前側)のみに向けて荷重がかかったときには、綴じ環係止部650において、第2の綴じ部材612b,第4の綴じ部材613b,第6の綴じ部材614bが、係止された第1の綴じ部材612a,第3の綴じ部材613a,第5の綴じ部材614a側に向けて(下方(手前側)に向けて)転位して、第1の綴じ部材612a,第3の綴じ部材613a,第5の綴じ部材614aの綴じ環係止部650に強く喰い込み、被綴じ物Sの重みで綴じ環係止部650が脱係することがない。
The movement restricting portion includes a restricting recess 630f and a restricting convex portion 630g formed on the butting edge 630a of one first operating piece 630, and a restricting recess 632f formed on the butting edge 632a of the other second actuating piece 632. And the restricting convex portion 632g, when the first binding ring 612, the second binding ring 613, and the third binding ring 614 are closed at the binding ring locking portion 650, one of the first binding rings 612g is closed. The restricting recess 630f of the operating piece 630 has a restricting protrusion 632g of the other second operating piece 632 so as to allow the other binding member to move in the direction in which the locked binding ring locking portion 650 is released. It is formed in the length which can accept | permit movement.
In this embodiment, the length of the restriction recess 630f formed in the butt edge 630a of the first working piece 630 is the same as that of the first working piece 630 and the second working piece 632 in the length direction. The length of the restricting convex portion 632g protruding from the butting edge 632a of the second actuating piece 632 is longer than the length of the restricting convex portion 632g of the second actuating piece 632. In the length direction of the second working piece 632 and the first working piece 630, the length is longer than the length of the restricting convex portion 630 g protruding from the butt edge 630 a of the first working piece 630.
Thus, when the object to be bound S is bound into the first binding ring 612, the second binding ring 613, and the third binding ring 614, only the lower side (front side) in the length direction of the binding tool 610. When the load is applied toward the first binding member 612a, the second binding member 612b, the fourth binding member 613b, and the sixth binding member 614b are locked in the binding ring locking portion 650. The first binding member 612a, the third binding member 613a, and the fifth binding member are displaced toward the third binding member 613a and the fifth binding member 614a (downward (toward the front side)). The binding ring locking portion 650 of 614a strongly bites into the binding ring locking portion 650, and the binding ring locking portion 650 is not disengaged by the weight of the binding object S.

しかも、保持部材616の向こう側の貫通孔626,第2の貫通孔627,手前側の貫通孔628は、保持部材616の長さ方向における位置が変化づけられていることと相俟って、より第1の綴じ環612,第2の綴じ環613,第3の綴じ環614の綴じ環係止部650が被綴じ物Sの重みで、綴具610の長さ方向において下方(手前側)のみに向けて荷重がかかったときには、脱係することを防ぐことができる。   Moreover, the through hole 626 on the other side of the holding member 616, the second through hole 627, and the through hole 628 on the near side are coupled with the fact that the position of the holding member 616 in the length direction is changed, Further, the binding ring locking portion 650 of the first binding ring 612, the second binding ring 613, and the third binding ring 614 is downward (front side) in the length direction of the binding tool 610 with the weight of the binding object S. When a load is applied only toward the door, it can be prevented from being disengaged.

そして、開閉部材640は、第1の作動片630の開閉部材固定部638a1と第2の作動片632の開閉部材固定部638b1とに跨って突き合わせ縁630a及び突き合わせ縁632aと斜めに交差するように架け渡され、すなわち斜交するように固定され、開閉部材642は、第1の作動片630の開閉部材固定部638a2と第2の作動片632の開閉部材固定部638b2とに跨って突き合わせ縁630a及び突き合わせ縁632aと斜めに交差するように架け渡され、すなわち斜交するように固定される。
開閉部材640の固定先端部640aは第1の作動片630の開閉部材固定部638a1に、固定先端部640bは第2の作動片632の開閉部材固定部638b1にそれぞれ固定され、開閉部材642の固定先端部642aは第1の作動片630の開閉部材固定部638a2に、固定先端部642bは第2の作動片632の開閉部材固定部638b2にそれぞれ固定される。
The opening / closing member 640 crosses the butt edge 630a and the butt edge 632a obliquely across the opening / closing member fixing portion 638a1 of the first operating piece 630 and the opening / closing member fixing portion 638b1 of the second operating piece 632. The opening / closing member 642 is bridged, that is, fixed obliquely, and the opening / closing member 642 straddles the opening / closing member fixing portion 638a2 of the first operating piece 630 and the opening / closing member fixing portion 638b2 of the second operating piece 632. And it is bridge | crossed so that it may cross | intersect the butting edge 632a diagonally, ie, it fixes so that it may cross | intersect.
The fixed tip 640 a of the opening / closing member 640 is fixed to the opening / closing member fixing portion 638 a 1 of the first operating piece 630, and the fixed tip 640 b is fixed to the opening / closing member fixing portion 638 b 1 of the second operating piece 632. The distal end portion 642a is fixed to the opening / closing member fixing portion 638a2 of the first operating piece 630, and the fixed leading end portion 642b is fixed to the opening / closing member fixing portion 638b2 of the second operating piece 632, respectively.

前記第1の作動片630は、前記突き合わせ縁630aとは離れた位置で、間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴じ環612の基部と第3の綴じ環614の基部とを結ぶ方向(図39図示X1及びX2方向)に近い方向にのびる突条630hが形成されている。この実施の形態においては、第1の綴じ環612の基部と第3の綴じ環614の基部とを結ぶ方向と平行で第1の作動片630の長さ方向にのびる。
前記突条630hは、間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴じ環612の基部と第3の綴じ環614の基部の間で、外側端縁630bにおいて、突出部630c3の近傍を除いて連続して、第1の綴じ環612及び第3の綴じ環614が突出する方向とは反対側に向けて突設されている。
前記突条630hは、第1の作動片630を構成する平板状の金属製板体を断面L字形に折り曲げて形成されている。
また、前記第2の作動片632は、前記突き合わせ縁632aとは離れた位置で、間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴じ環612の基部と第3の綴じ環614の基部とを結ぶ方向(図39図示X1及びX2方向)に近い方向にのびる突条632hが形成されている。この実施の形態においては、第1の綴じ環612の基部と第3の綴じ環614の基部とを結ぶ方向と平行で第2の作動片632の長さ方向にのびる。
前記突条632hは、間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴じ環612の基部と第3の綴じ環614の基部の間で、外側端縁632bにおいて、突出部632c3の近傍を除いて連続して、第1の綴じ環612及び第3の綴じ環614が突出する方向とは反対側に向けて突設されている。
前記突条632hは、第2の作動片632を構成する平板状の金属製板体を断面L字形に折り曲げて形成されている。
したがって、第1の作動片630及び第2の作動片632は、第1の綴じ環612の基部と第3の綴じ環614の基部間におけるしなりが、突条630h及び突条632hにより防止される。
The first actuating piece 630 connects a base portion of the first binding ring 612 and a base portion of the third binding ring 614 that are spaced apart from the butting edge 630a (see FIG. 39, a protrusion 630h extending in a direction close to the X1 and X2 directions shown in FIG. In this embodiment, the first working piece 630 extends in the length direction in parallel with the direction connecting the base portion of the first binding ring 612 and the base portion of the third binding ring 614.
The protrusion 630h is continuous between the base portion of the first binding ring 612 and the base portion of the third binding ring 614 provided at intervals, except for the vicinity of the protruding portion 630c3 at the outer edge 630b. Thus, the first binding ring 612 and the third binding ring 614 are projected toward the opposite side of the protruding direction.
The protrusion 630h is formed by bending a flat metal plate constituting the first operating piece 630 into an L-shaped cross section.
In addition, the second operating piece 632 is connected to a base portion of the first binding ring 612 and a base portion of the third binding ring 614 provided at a distance from the butting edge 632a. A protrusion 632h extending in a direction close to (in the direction of X1 and X2 in FIG. 39) is formed. In this embodiment, the second operating piece 632 extends in the length direction in parallel with the direction connecting the base portion of the first binding ring 612 and the base portion of the third binding ring 614.
The protrusion 632h is continuous between the base portion of the first binding ring 612 and the base portion of the third binding ring 614 provided at intervals, except for the vicinity of the protruding portion 632c3 at the outer edge 632b. Thus, the first binding ring 612 and the third binding ring 614 are projected toward the opposite side of the protruding direction.
The protrusion 632h is formed by bending a flat metal plate constituting the second operating piece 632 into an L-shaped cross section.
Therefore, the first operating piece 630 and the second operating piece 632 are prevented from being bent between the base portion of the first binding ring 612 and the base portion of the third binding ring 614 by the protrusions 630h and the protrusions 632h. The

第1の作動片630は、基部で固定された第1の綴じ部材612a、第3の綴じ部材613a及び第5の綴じ部材614aの基部の近傍に、第1の作動片630を補強してしなりを少なくするために、ビード634a、ビード634b及びビード634eが上面に向けて突設されている。
第2の作動片632は、基部で固定された第2の綴じ部材612b、第4の綴じ部材613b及び第6の綴じ部材614bの基部の近傍に、第2の作動片632を補強してしなりを少なくするために、ビード634c、ビード634d及びビード634fが上面に向けて突設されている。
The first operating piece 630 reinforces the first operating piece 630 in the vicinity of the bases of the first binding member 612a, the third binding member 613a, and the fifth binding member 614a fixed at the base. In order to reduce the size, a bead 634a, a bead 634b, and a bead 634e are protruded toward the upper surface.
The second operating piece 632 reinforces the second operating piece 632 in the vicinity of the bases of the second binding member 612b, the fourth binding member 613b, and the sixth binding member 614b fixed at the base. In order to reduce the length, a bead 634c, a bead 634d, and a bead 634f are provided so as to protrude toward the upper surface.

ビード634aは、第1の綴じ部材612aの基部と突出部630c1との間において第1の作動片630の長手方向にのびる第1直線部634a1と、突条630hの内側(第1の作動片630の幅方向における略々中央において)で第1の綴じ部材612aの基部の近傍から第1の作動片630の長手方向にのびる第2直線部634a2と、第1直線部634a1の内側端と第2直線部634a2の外側端との間を結ぶ斜線部634a3とを備え、第1の作動片630の下面から上面に向けて一定幅を有する直線状凸部を突設してなる。
ビード634bは、第5の綴じ部材614aの基部と突出部630c2との間において第1の作動片630の長手方向にのびる第1直線部634b1と、突条630hの内側(第1の作動片630の幅方向における略々中央において)で第5の綴じ部材614aの基部の近傍から第1の作動片630の長手方向にのびる第2直線部634b2と、第1直線部634b1の内側端と第2直線部634b2の外側端との間を結ぶ斜線部634b3とを備え、第1の作動片630の下面から上面に向けて一定幅を有する直線状凸部を突設してなる。
ビード634cは、第2の綴じ部材612bの基部と突出部632c1との間において第2の作動片632の長手方向にのびる第1直線部634c1と、突条632hの内側(第2の作動片632の幅方向における略々中央において)で第2の綴じ部材612bの基部の近傍から第2の作動片632の長手方向にのびる第2直線部634c2と、第1直線部634c1の内側端と第2直線部634c2の外側端との間を結ぶ斜線部634c3とを備え、第2の作動片632の下面から上面に向けて一定幅を有する直線状凸部を突設してなる。
ビード634dは、第6の綴じ部材614bの基部と突出部632c2との間において第2の作動片632の長手方向にのびる第1直線部634d1と、突条632hの内側(第2の作動片632の幅方向における略々中央において)で第6の綴じ部材614bの基部の近傍から第2の作動片632の長手方向にのびる第2直線部634d2と、第1直線部634d1の内側端と第2直線部634d2の外側端との間を結ぶ斜線部634d3とを備え、第2の作動片632の下面から上面に向けて一定幅を有する直線状凸部を突設してなる。
ビード634eは、第3の綴じ部材613aの基部と突出部630c3の間において、上下に分断された突条630hと突条630hとの間に跨って形成されている。
ビード634eは、第3の綴じ部材613aの基部と突出部630c3との間において第1の作動片630の長手方向にのびる第1直線部634e1と、突条630hの内側で第5の綴じ部材613aの基部の近傍から第1の作動片630の長手方向にのびる第2直線部634e2と、第1直線部634e1と第2直線部634e2との間を結ぶ斜線部634e3とを備え、第1の作動片630の下面から上面に向けて一定幅を有する直線状凸部を突設してなる。
ビード634fは、第4の綴じ部材613bの基部と突出部632c3の間において、上下に分断された突条632hと突条632hとの間に跨って形成されている。
ビード634fは、第4の綴じ部材613bの基部と突出部632c3との間において第2の作動片632の長手方向にのびる第1直線部634f1と、突条632hの内側で第3の綴じ部材613bの基部の近傍から第2の作動片632の長手方向にのびる第2直線部634f2と、第1直線部634f1と第2直線部634f2との間を結ぶ斜線部634f3とを備え、第2の作動片632の下面から上面に向けて一定幅を有する直線状凸部を突設してなる。
The bead 634a includes a first linear portion 634a1 extending in the longitudinal direction of the first operating piece 630 between the base portion of the first binding member 612a and the protruding portion 630c1, and the inner side of the protrusion 630h (the first operating piece 630). The second linear portion 634a2 extending from the vicinity of the base of the first binding member 612a in the longitudinal direction of the first binding member 612a, the inner end of the first linear portion 634a1 and the second It has a slanted line portion 634a3 connecting with the outer end of the straight line portion 634a2, and is formed by projecting a straight convex portion having a constant width from the lower surface of the first operating piece 630 toward the upper surface.
The bead 634b includes a first linear portion 634b1 extending in the longitudinal direction of the first operating piece 630 between the base portion of the fifth binding member 614a and the protruding portion 630c2, and an inner side of the protrusion 630h (the first operating piece 630). The second linear portion 634b2 extending from the vicinity of the base of the fifth binding member 614a in the longitudinal direction of the first binding piece 630, the inner end of the first linear portion 634b1, and the second It has a slanted line part 634b3 connecting with the outer end of the straight line part 634b2, and is formed by projecting a linear convex part having a certain width from the lower surface of the first operating piece 630 toward the upper surface.
The bead 634c includes a first linear portion 634c1 extending in the longitudinal direction of the second operating piece 632 between the base portion of the second binding member 612b and the protruding portion 632c1, and an inner side of the protrusion 632h (second operating piece 632). The second linear portion 634c2 extending from the vicinity of the base of the second binding member 612b in the longitudinal direction of the second binding member 612b, the inner end of the first linear portion 634c1, and the second It has a slanted line portion 634c3 connecting with the outer end of the straight line portion 634c2, and is formed by projecting a straight convex portion having a certain width from the lower surface of the second working piece 632 toward the upper surface.
The bead 634d includes a first linear portion 634d1 extending in the longitudinal direction of the second operating piece 632 between the base portion of the sixth binding member 614b and the protruding portion 632c2, and an inner side of the protrusion 632h (second operating piece 632). The second linear portion 634d2 extending in the longitudinal direction of the second operating piece 632 from the vicinity of the base of the sixth binding member 614b and the inner end of the first linear portion 634d1 and the second It has a slanted line portion 634d3 connecting with the outer end of the straight line portion 634d2, and is formed by projecting a linear convex portion having a certain width from the lower surface of the second operating piece 632 toward the upper surface.
The bead 634e is formed between the ridge 630h and the ridge 630h divided in the vertical direction between the base of the third binding member 613a and the protrusion 630c3.
The bead 634e includes a first linear portion 634e1 extending in the longitudinal direction of the first operating piece 630 between the base portion of the third binding member 613a and the protruding portion 630c3, and a fifth binding member 613a inside the protrusion 630h. A first straight line 634e2 extending from the vicinity of the base of the first working piece 630 in the longitudinal direction, and a slanted line 634e3 connecting the first straight line 634e1 and the second straight line 634e2 to each other. A straight convex portion having a constant width is projected from the lower surface of the piece 630 toward the upper surface.
The bead 634f is formed between the ridge 632h and the ridge 632h divided in the vertical direction between the base of the fourth binding member 613b and the protrusion 632c3.
The bead 634f includes a first linear portion 634f1 extending in the longitudinal direction of the second operating piece 632 between the base portion of the fourth binding member 613b and the protruding portion 632c3, and a third binding member 613b inside the protrusion 632h. A second linear portion 634f2 extending in the longitudinal direction of the second operating piece 632 from the vicinity of the base portion of the first and second diagonal portions 634f3 connecting the first linear portion 634f1 and the second linear portion 634f2 A straight protrusion having a certain width is projected from the lower surface of the piece 632 toward the upper surface.

開閉部材は、前記実施の形態の綴具においては、一対の作動片に対応して、1個が装填されていたが、この実施の形態の綴具においては、一対の作動片に、2個の開閉部材640及び開閉部材641を装填されている。また、合計2個の開閉部材640及び641のうち一方のみを装填してもよい。   In the binding device of the embodiment, one opening / closing member is loaded corresponding to the pair of operating pieces. However, in the binding device of this embodiment, two opening / closing members are provided for the pair of operating pieces. The opening / closing member 640 and the opening / closing member 641 are loaded. Further, only one of the two opening / closing members 640 and 641 may be loaded.

突出部630c1は第1保持部660により、突出部630c2は第1保持部662により、突632c1は第2保持部664により、突出部632c2は第2保持部666により、それぞれ保持される。
また、突出部630c3は第3保持部661により、突出部632c3は第3保持部665により、それぞれ保持される。
The protrusion 630c1 is held by the first holding part 660, the protrusion 630c2 is held by the first holding part 662, the protrusion 632c1 is held by the second holding part 664, and the protrusion 632c2 is held by the second holding part 666.
Further, the protruding portion 630c3 is held by the third holding portion 661, and the protruding portion 632c3 is held by the third holding portion 665, respectively.

前記実施の形態によれば、一対の作動片には、保持部材に形成された貫通孔に通される突出部が形成されているので、作動片に綴じ環の基部を例えばカシメ止めをしても作動片にかかるストレスを少なくするために面積を大きくすることができる。そのために、作動片全体の強度を増すことができる。
また、作動片の突出部を通す貫通孔と綴じ環を通す貫通孔を共通にすることができるために、保持部材の構造を簡略化して製造コストの引き下げを図ることができる。
According to the embodiment, the pair of operating pieces are formed with the protruding portions that are passed through the through holes formed in the holding member, so that the base of the binding ring is secured to the operating pieces by, for example, caulking. However, the area can be increased to reduce the stress applied to the operating piece. Therefore, the strength of the entire operating piece can be increased.
In addition, since the through hole through which the projecting portion of the operating piece passes and the through hole through which the binding ring passes can be made common, the structure of the holding member can be simplified and the manufacturing cost can be reduced.

開閉部材40と開閉部材固定部38a及び開閉部材固定部38bとは、次のように変更してもよい。
開閉部材40の一方の固定先端部42a及び開閉部材40の他方の固定先端部42bは、開閉部材40の一方の固定先端部42a及び開閉部材40の他方の固定先端部42bのようにその大きさや形状を変更してもよく、また、規制腕部46a及び規制腕部46bは、開閉部材40の規制腕部46a及び開閉部材40の規制腕部46bの長さを変えたり、規制腕部46a及び規制腕部46bのうち一方を無くしてもよい。
The opening / closing member 40, the opening / closing member fixing portion 38a, and the opening / closing member fixing portion 38b may be changed as follows.
One fixed front end portion 42a of the opening / closing member 40 and the other fixed front end portion 42b of the opening / closing member 40 are similar in size to one fixed front end portion 42a of the opening / closing member 40 and the other fixed front end portion 42b of the opening / closing member 40. The shape may be changed, and the restriction arm portion 46a and the restriction arm portion 46b may change the length of the restriction arm portion 46a of the opening / closing member 40 and the restriction arm portion 46b of the opening / closing member 40, One of the restricting arm portions 46b may be eliminated.

第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14は、更に次のように変更してもよい。
図42ないし50は、図2図示綴具の綴じ環を変更した別の実施の形態の図解図である。
The first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 may be further changed as follows.
42 to 50 are illustrative views of another embodiment in which the binding ring of the binding tool illustrated in FIG. 2 is changed.

綴具10は、環状の綴杆を構成する一対のそれぞれを閉じたとき略Dの字の環状となる金属製の第1の綴じ環12および第1の綴じ環12と対になる第2の綴じ環14と、前記第1の綴じ環12および第2の綴じ環14をそれぞれ間隔をおいて設けることができる長さを備えた保持部材16と、第1の綴じ環12と第2の綴じ環14とが保持部材16に固定されるように、表面側よりのびるように第1の綴じ環12と第2の綴じ環14とを固定された一対の板状の作動片が保持部材16の内側に移動自在に固定された、作動部材18とを備える。   The binding tool 10 is a metal first binding ring 12 and a second binding ring 12 that are paired with a first binding ring 12 made of a metal that has an approximately D-shaped ring shape when each of a pair of the annular binding rods is closed. The binding ring 14, the holding member 16 having a length capable of providing the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 at intervals, and the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring. A pair of plate-like operating pieces to which the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are fixed so as to extend from the surface side so that the ring 14 is fixed to the holding member 16 are the holding member 16. And an actuating member 18 movably fixed inside.

この綴具10の綴杆は、主綴杆たる第1の綴じ環12と副綴杆たる第2の綴じ環14とからなる開閉自在の2穴タイプであり、第1の綴じ環12と第2の綴じ環14とがその先端でかみあって略Dの字状になる。
第1の綴じ環12と第2の綴じ環14とは、同一方向に向けて、その綴杆係止部150を指で外すことができるように構成されている。
そして、綴杆を閉じるときは、主綴杆たる第1の綴じ環12を、例えば親指と人差し指で直接挟んで閉じるように構成されており、第1の綴じ環12を2本の指で挟んで閉じる方向に作動させると、副綴杆たる第2の綴じ環14は追動するように構成されている。
The binding device 10 is a two-hole openable / closable type comprising a first binding ring 12 as a main binding and a second binding ring 14 as a secondary binding. The two binding rings 14 are engaged with each other at the tip thereof to form a substantially D shape.
The first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are configured so that the binding hook locking portion 150 can be removed with a finger in the same direction.
When closing the binding, the first binding ring 12 as the main binding is closed by, for example, directly sandwiching it between the thumb and forefinger, and the first binding ring 12 is sandwiched between two fingers. When operated in the closing direction, the second binding ring 14 as a secondary binding is configured to follow.

第1の綴じ環12は、閉じたとき略Dの字状の綴じ環となるように、略直線状の第1の綴じ部材12aと略半円形状の第2の綴じ部材12bとから構成され、第2の綴じ環14は、閉じたときに略Dの字状の綴じ環となるように、略直線状の第3の綴じ部材14aと略半円形状の第4の綴じ部材14bとから構成されている。第1の綴じ部材12a及び第3の綴じ部材14aは、直線状であり、第2の綴じ部材12b及び第4の綴じ部材14bは、半円形状である。
そして、第1の綴じ部材12aと第2の綴じ部材12bとは、その先端において係合されて閉じられたとき、正面視略Dの字状の環状になるように構成され、また、第3の綴じ部材14aと第4の綴じ部材14bとは、その先端において係合されて閉じられたとき、正面視略Dの字状の環状になるように構成される。
第1の綴じ部材12a及び第3の綴じ部材14aは、閉じたときに傾斜した円柱状であり、第1の保持壁24a及び第2の保持壁24bの下端縁とは斜交する方向に向かうように構成され、そして、開いたときに、直円柱状であり、第1の保持壁24a及び第2の保持壁24bの下端縁とは直交する方向に向かうように構成されている。
The first binding ring 12 is composed of a substantially straight first binding member 12a and a substantially semicircular second binding member 12b so as to form a substantially D-shaped binding ring when closed. The second binding ring 14 includes a substantially linear third binding member 14a and a substantially semicircular fourth binding member 14b so that the second binding ring 14 becomes a substantially D-shaped binding ring when closed. It is configured. The first binding member 12a and the third binding member 14a are linear, and the second binding member 12b and the fourth binding member 14b are semicircular.
When the first binding member 12a and the second binding member 12b are engaged and closed at their tips, the first binding member 12a and the second binding member 12b are configured to have a substantially D-shaped annular shape when viewed from the front. When the binding member 14a and the fourth binding member 14b are engaged and closed at their tips, the binding member 14a and the fourth binding member 14b are configured to have a substantially D-shaped annular shape when viewed from the front.
The first binding member 12a and the third binding member 14a have a columnar shape that is inclined when closed, and are directed in a direction that is oblique to the lower end edges of the first holding wall 24a and the second holding wall 24b. And when opened, it is a right circular column shape, and it is comprised so that it may go to the direction orthogonal to the lower end edge of the 1st holding wall 24a and the 2nd holding wall 24b.

この綴具10は、表表紙312と、裏表紙314と、前記表表紙312と裏表紙314との間に形成された背表紙316とを有する表紙310における、前記裏表紙314に固定され、前記一方の綴じ部材12b,14bと他方の綴じ部材12a,14aが前記作動片30,32の移動に伴って開かれたときに、他方の綴じ部材12a,14aは、背表紙316に直交するように、第1の作動片30に固定されている。
そして、用紙等の被綴じ物Sに予め穿設された綴じ孔に挿通して、用紙等の被綴じ物Sを綴じることができるように、第1の綴じ部材12aおよび第2の綴じ部材12bの先端と、第3の綴じ部材14a及び第4の綴じ部材14bの先端、すなわち第1の綴じ環12および第2の綴じ環14の頂部において、綴杆係止部150が形成されている。そして、第1の綴じ環12および第2の綴じ環14が開かれたとき、第1の綴じ部材12aと第2の綴じ部材12bとは、その先端が離れ間隔があくが、第1の綴じ部材12aは、垂直状になり、また、第3の綴じ部材14aと第4の綴じ部材14bとは、その先端が離れ間隔があくが、第3の綴じ部材14aは垂直状になる。
而して、第1の綴じ部材12a及び第3の綴じ部材14aを、用紙等の被綴じ物Sに予め穿設された綴じ孔に挿通して用紙等の被綴じ物Sを綴じるとき、被綴じ物Sの綴じ孔を第1の綴じ部材12a及び第3の綴じ部材14aに挿し通し易い。
そして、第1の綴じ部材12a及び第3の綴じ部材14aと一定の間隔をおいて開かれた第2の綴じ部材12bと及び第4の綴じ部材14bの先端をガイドとして、被綴じ物Sの端縁を滑らせながら、第1の綴じ部材12a及び第3の綴じ部材14aに被綴じ物Sの綴じ孔を挿通することができる。
The binding tool 10 is fixed to the back cover 314 in a cover 310 having a front cover 312, a back cover 314, and a spine cover 316 formed between the front cover 312 and the back cover 314, When one binding member 12b, 14b and the other binding member 12a, 14a are opened as the operating pieces 30, 32 are moved, the other binding member 12a, 14a is orthogonal to the spine 316. The first working piece 30 is fixed.
Then, the first binding member 12a and the second binding member 12b are inserted so that the binding object S such as a sheet can be bound by being inserted into a binding hole previously formed in the binding object S such as a sheet. At the leading ends of the third binding member 14a and the fourth binding member 14b, that is, at the tops of the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14, a binding hook locking portion 150 is formed. When the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are opened, the first binding member 12a and the second binding member 12b are spaced apart from each other, but the first binding member 12a and the second binding member 12b are spaced apart from each other. The member 12a is vertical, and the third binding member 14a and the fourth binding member 14b are spaced apart from each other, but the third binding member 14a is vertical.
Thus, when the first binding member 12a and the third binding member 14a are inserted through the binding holes previously formed in the binding object S such as paper, the binding object S such as paper is bound. It is easy to insert the binding hole of the binding object S into the first binding member 12a and the third binding member 14a.
Then, with the tips of the second binding member 12b and the fourth binding member 14b opened at a certain distance from the first binding member 12a and the third binding member 14a as guides, The binding hole of the binding object S can be inserted into the first binding member 12a and the third binding member 14a while sliding the edge.

前記綴杆を構成する第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14は、断面円形状金属製線材を、綴杆係止部150を外す方向(図7のO1及びO2の方向)にのばし、且つ中央部分を押さえることによって綴杆を閉じる方向に対してわん曲させて形成されている。そして、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14は、中央が綴杆を開く方向(第1の綴じ部材12a及び第3の綴じ部材14aは、図7のO3方向、第2の綴じ部材12b及び第4の綴じ部材14bは、図7のO4方向)に膨み且つ両端が綴杆を閉じる方向にわん曲した断面略空豆(ビーンズ)型の形状に形成されている。
すなわち、環状の第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14を開閉方向に見て、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14の内側は波状起伏面が形成され、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14の外側は半円弧状に形成されている。そして、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14は、綴杆を外す方向に見て、両外側が、半円弧状に形成されている。
従来の断面形状丸型の綴杆は、小径だと変形に弱く、大径にすれば断面積が増して材料費がかさみ、従来の断面形状略長方形の綴杆は、用紙にあける綴じ穴には丸穴が多いので、用紙等の被綴じ物Sの綴じ穴に対応しにくく、用紙等の被綴じ物Sの綴じ穴を傷つけるおそれがある。
ところが、綴杆を構成する第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14は、細いならば綴杆係止部150の嵌合がうまくゆかないときがある。
そのために、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14の幅を広げたいが、元の線材として断面積の小さいものを使用しても、元の金属製線材を加工することにより綴杆としては必要な幅が確保されるようにしたい。
そこで、本願発明にかかる綴杆は、それを形成する線材の中央部分を押さえて線材を空豆(ビーンズ)型につぶすことにより全体としての幅を広げ、すなわち、綴杆の全体の幅を綴杆係止部150を外す方向に広げて、綴杆係止部150の嵌合を完全にできるように形成している。
The first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 constituting the binding rod extend the circular cross-section metal wire in the direction in which the binding locking portion 150 is removed (directions O1 and O2 in FIG. 7). In addition, it is formed by bending the binding in the closing direction by pressing the center portion. Then, the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are arranged in the direction in which the center opens the binding rod (the first binding member 12a and the third binding member 14a are the O3 direction in FIG. The member 12b and the fourth binding member 14b are formed in the shape of a substantially bean-shaped section that swells in the direction of O4 in FIG.
That is, when the annular first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are viewed in the opening and closing direction, a wavy undulating surface is formed inside the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14, The outer sides of the binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are formed in a semicircular arc shape. And the 1st binding ring 12 and the 2nd binding ring 14 are formed in the semicircular arc shape in the both outer sides seeing in the direction which removes a binding rod.
Conventional cross-section round staples are less susceptible to deformation if they have a small diameter, and if the diameter is large, the cross-sectional area increases and material costs increase. Since there are many round holes, it is difficult to correspond to the binding hole of the binding object S such as paper, and the binding hole of the binding object S such as paper may be damaged.
However, if the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 that constitute the binding rod are thin, the binding of the binding hook locking portion 150 may not be successful.
Therefore, it is desired to increase the width of the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14, but even if the original wire rod having a small cross-sectional area is used, the original metal wire rod is processed to form the binding rod. I want to ensure the necessary width.
Therefore, the binding rod according to the present invention increases the overall width by pressing the central portion of the wire rod forming the wire rod and crushing the wire rod into a bean shape, that is, the entire width of the binding rod is bound to the binding rod. The latching portion 150 is widened in the direction to be removed, so that the binding of the staple binding portion 150 can be completed completely.

この実施の形態においては、第1の綴じ環12を構成する第2の綴じ部材12bと第2の綴じ環14を構成する第4の綴じ部材14bとは、同じ形状、すなわち曲率(曲率半径)が同じものである。
第1の綴じ環12を構成する第1の綴じ部材12a及び第2の綴じ部材12bは、第1の綴じ部材12aの自由端の綴杆係止部150と、第2の綴じ部材12bの自由端の綴杆係止部150とを係止することにより、環状に連結される。
また、第2の綴じ環14を構成する第3の綴じ部材14aと第4の綴じ部材14bとは、第3の綴じ部材14aの自由端の綴杆係止部150と、第4の綴じ部材14bの自由端の綴杆係止部150とを係止することにより、環状に連結される。
In this embodiment, the second binding member 12b constituting the first binding ring 12 and the fourth binding member 14b constituting the second binding ring 14 have the same shape, that is, curvature (curvature radius). Are the same.
The first binding member 12a and the second binding member 12b constituting the first binding ring 12 include a binding end locking portion 150 at the free end of the first binding member 12a and the free binding of the second binding member 12b. By engaging with the end binding device 150, it is connected in an annular shape.
Further, the third binding member 14a and the fourth binding member 14b constituting the second binding ring 14 are a binding end locking portion 150 at the free end of the third binding member 14a and a fourth binding member. By locking the binding end 150 of the free end of 14b, it is connected in an annular shape.

第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14は、それぞれの基部が第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32に固着された部分(4箇所)を通る左右軸Y1,Y2および前後軸X1,X2(図7図示)を含む平面Pxyと垂直な平面を構成するように、第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32より立設されている。そして、第1の綴じ環12の軸Z1(図7図示)が構成する環面と第2の綴じ環14の軸Z2(図7図示)が構成する環面とは、平行で、且つ、第1の綴じ環12と第2の綴じ環14が第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32と固着された部位を通る平面Pxyと垂直となるように構成されている。   The first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 have left and right axes Y1, Y2 and front and rear passing through portions (four places) where the respective base portions are fixed to the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 The first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 are erected so as to form a plane perpendicular to the plane Pxy including the axes X1 and X2 (shown in FIG. 7). The ring surface formed by the axis Z1 (shown in FIG. 7) of the first binding ring 12 and the ring surface formed by the axis Z2 (shown in FIG. 7) of the second binding ring 14 are parallel to each other. The first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are configured to be perpendicular to a plane Pxy passing through a portion where the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 are fixed.

前記綴杆は、図47〜図48に示すように、直接指で閉じられる主綴杆たる第1の綴じ環12と、該第1の綴じ環12の閉じる方向に向けての作動に追動する副綴杆たる第2の綴じ環14とにより構成されている。
そして、第1の綴じ環12と第2の綴じ環14とは、同一方向(図7のO1及びO2方向)に向けて、その綴杆係止部150を指で外すことができるように構成されている。
第1の綴じ環12を構成する第1の綴じ部材12aの先端に形成された綴杆係止部150を構成する先端の凹部152bと、第2の綴じ部材12bの綴杆係止部150を構成する先端の凸部152aとは、第1の綴じ環12を閉じたとき係合するように逆方向に向けて突き出しあるいは凹み形成されている。
第2の綴じ環14を構成する第3の綴じ部材14aの先端に形成された綴杆係止部150を構成する先端の凹部154bと、第4の綴じ部材14bの綴杆係止部150を構成する先端の凸部154aとは、第2の綴じ環14を閉じたとき係合するように逆方向に向けて突き出しあるいは凹み形成されている。
第1の綴じ部材12aの凹部152bは、第1の綴じ部材12aののびる方向とは交差する方向であって、第1の作動片30の移動する方向O1方向にのびるように突設されている。
第2の綴じ部材12bの凸部152aは、第2の綴じ部材12bののびる方向とは交差する方向であって、第2の作動片32の移動する方向O2方向にのびるように穿設されている。
同様に、第3の綴じ部材14aの凹部154bは、第3の綴じ部材14aののびる方向とは交差する方向であって第1の作動片30の移動する方向O1方向にのびるように穿設されている。
第4の綴じ部材14bの凸部154aは、第4の綴じ部材14bののびる方向とは交差する方向であって、第2の作動片32の移動する方向O2方向にのびるように突設されている。
As shown in FIGS. 47 to 48, the binding rod is driven by the first binding ring 12 that is a main binding rod that is directly closed by a finger and the operation toward the closing direction of the first binding ring 12. And a second binding ring 14 serving as a secondary binding.
The first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are configured such that the binding hook locking portion 150 can be removed with a finger in the same direction (O1 and O2 directions in FIG. 7). Has been.
A concave portion 152b at the distal end constituting the binding staple locking portion 150 formed at the distal end of the first binding member 12a constituting the first binding ring 12 and a binding staple locking portion 150 of the second binding member 12b are provided. The convex portion 152a at the leading end is formed so as to protrude or dent in the opposite direction so as to be engaged when the first binding ring 12 is closed.
A concave portion 154b at the distal end constituting the binding staple locking portion 150 formed at the distal end of the third binding member 14a constituting the second binding ring 14 and a binding staple locking portion 150 of the fourth binding member 14b are provided. The convex portion 154a at the tip is formed so as to protrude or dent in the opposite direction so as to be engaged when the second binding ring 14 is closed.
The concave portion 152b of the first binding member 12a is provided so as to extend in the direction O1 in the direction intersecting the direction in which the first binding member 12a extends and the first operating piece 30 moves. .
The convex portion 152a of the second binding member 12b is formed so as to extend in the direction O2 in which the second operating piece 32 moves in a direction that intersects the direction in which the second binding member 12b extends. Yes.
Similarly, the concave portion 154b of the third binding member 14a is formed so as to extend in the direction O1 in the direction intersecting with the direction in which the third binding member 14a extends and in which the first operating piece 30 moves. ing.
The convex portion 154a of the fourth binding member 14b is projected so as to extend in the direction O2 in which the second operating piece 32 moves, in a direction intersecting with the direction in which the fourth binding member 14b extends. Yes.

第2の綴じ部材12bの綴杆係止部150を構成する凸部152a及び第4の綴じ部材14bの綴杆係止部150を構成する凸部154aは、同一方向に向けて突き出し設けられ、両方が同一形状に形成されている。
また、第1の綴じ部材12aの綴杆係止部150を構成する凹部152b及び第3の綴じ部材14aの綴杆係止部150を構成する凹部154bは、同一方向に向けて凹み形成され、両方が同一形状に形成されている。
The convex portion 152a constituting the binding binding portion 150 of the second binding member 12b and the convex portion 154a constituting the binding binding portion 150 of the fourth binding member 14b are provided to protrude in the same direction. Both are formed in the same shape.
Moreover, the recessed part 152b which comprises the binding binding part 150 of the 1st binding member 12a, and the recessed part 154b which comprises the binding binding part 150 of the 3rd binding member 14a are dented toward the same direction, Both are formed in the same shape.

凸部152aの最高部と最低部との間の距離L1及び凸部154aの最高部と最低部との間の距離L1は、綴じ環係止部50を脱係するときに関係する長さである。
そして、この実施の形態においては、凸部152aの最高部と最低部との間の距離L1及び凸部154aの最高部と最低部との間の距離L1は、第1の綴じ部材12aの手前側縁と手前側の孔縁26a2との間の距離L2と第2の綴じ部材12bの向こう側と向こう側の貫通孔26の向こう側の孔縁26b1との間の距離L3との和より短くなるように構成され、第1の綴じ環12をねじって綴じ環係止部50を脱係させることができるように構成されている。
同様に、凸部152aの最高部と最低部との間の距離L1及び凸部154aの最高部と最低部との間の距離L1は、第3の綴じ部材14aの手前側縁と手前側の貫通孔28の手前側の孔縁28a2との間の距離L2と第4の綴じ部材14bの向こう側と手前側の貫通孔28の向こう側の孔縁28b1との間の距離L3との和より短くなるように構成され、第2の綴じ環14をねじって綴じ環係止部50を脱係させることができるように構成されている。
しかしながら、B側貫通孔26a及びB側貫通孔28aは、係止された状態にある第1の綴じ部材12aの綴じ環係止部50が綴じられた被綴じ物Sの重みで綴具10の長さ方向において下方(手前側)に向けてのみ荷重がかかったときには、綴じ環係止部50の外れる方向O1に移動することを規制することができるように、第1の綴じ環12と第2の綴じ環14とが閉じられたとき、前記距離L1より前記距離L2の方が短くなるように構成されている。
The distance L1 between the highest part and the lowest part of the convex part 152a and the distance L1 between the highest part and the lowest part of the convex part 154a are lengths related when the binding ring locking part 50 is disengaged. is there.
In this embodiment, the distance L1 between the highest part and the lowest part of the convex part 152a and the distance L1 between the highest part and the lowest part of the convex part 154a are in front of the first binding member 12a. Shorter than the sum of the distance L2 between the side edge and the hole edge 26a2 on the near side and the distance L3 between the far side of the second binding member 12b and the far side edge 26b1 of the through hole 26 on the far side. The first binding ring 12 is twisted so that the binding ring locking portion 50 can be disengaged.
Similarly, the distance L1 between the highest part and the lowest part of the convex part 152a and the distance L1 between the highest part and the lowest part of the convex part 154a are the front side edge and the front side of the third binding member 14a. From the sum of the distance L2 between the front side hole edge 28a2 of the through hole 28 and the distance L3 between the far side of the fourth binding member 14b and the far side hole edge 28b1 of the front side through hole 28. It is comprised so that it may become short, and it is comprised so that the 2nd binding ring 14 can be twisted and the binding ring latching | locking part 50 can be disengaged.
However, the B-side through hole 26a and the B-side through hole 28a have the weight of the binding object 10 with the binding ring locking portion 50 of the first binding member 12a in the locked state being bound. When the load is applied only downward (front side) in the length direction, the first binding ring 12 and the first binding ring 12 can be controlled so that the movement in the direction O1 in which the binding ring locking portion 50 is released can be restricted. When the second binding ring 14 is closed, the distance L2 is shorter than the distance L1.

そして、作動部材18及び開閉部材40は、第2の綴じ環14を構成する第3の綴じ部材14aの凹部154bと第4の綴じ部材14bの凸部154aとを開く方向に作用し、そして、第1の綴じ環12の第1の綴じ部材12aの凹部152bと第2の綴じ部材12bの凸部152aとを引き離す方向に作用するとともに、第2の綴じ環14を構成する第3の綴じ部材14aの凹部154bと第4の綴じ部材14bの凸部154aとを引き離すように作用する。   The actuating member 18 and the opening / closing member 40 act in a direction to open the concave portion 154b of the third binding member 14a and the convex portion 154a of the fourth binding member 14b that constitute the second binding ring 14, and The third binding member that acts in a direction to separate the concave portion 152b of the first binding member 12a of the first binding ring 12 and the convex portion 152a of the second binding member 12b and constitutes the second binding ring 14 It acts so as to separate the concave portion 154b of 14a from the convex portion 154a of the fourth binding member 14b.

このように、この実施の形態においては、第1の綴じ環12又は第2の綴じ環14の頂部を指でねじることにより、第1の綴じ環12の第1の綴じ部材12aおよび第2の綴じ部材12bの綴杆係止部150と、第2の綴じ環14の第3の綴じ部材14aおよび第4の綴じ部材14bの綴杆係止部150を外すことができる。   As described above, in this embodiment, the first binding member 12a and the second binding member 12a of the first binding ring 12 are twisted by twisting the top of the first binding ring 12 or the second binding ring 14 with a finger. The binding hook locking portion 150 of the binding member 12b and the binding hook locking portion 150 of the third binding member 14a and the fourth binding member 14b of the second binding ring 14 can be removed.

第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14は、被綴じ物Sを綴じられて綴具10の長さ方向に表紙COが立てられているとき、不意に過大な負荷がかかっても、一方の第1の綴じ部材12a及び第3の綴じ部材14aが、B側貫通孔26a及びB側貫通孔28aで、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14の綴じ環係止部50を脱係させる方向O1に移動することを阻止されるとともに、第2の綴じ部材12b及び第4の綴じ部材14bがA側貫通孔26b及びA側貫通孔28bによって移動を規制されることなく、第2の綴じ部材12bの綴じ環係止部50が第1の綴じ部材12aの綴じ環係止部50に食い込み且つ第4の綴じ部材14bの綴じ環係止部50が第3の綴じ部材14aの綴じ環係止部50に食い込むことにより、第1の綴じ環12及び第2の綴じ環14が脱係して開くことを阻止される。   When the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 are bound to the object S to be bound and the cover CO is set up in the length direction of the binding tool 10, One of the first binding member 12a and the third binding member 14a is the B-side through hole 26a and the B-side through hole 28a, and the binding ring locking portion 50 of the first binding ring 12 and the second binding ring 14 is used. The second binding member 12b and the fourth binding member 14b are not restricted from moving by the A side through hole 26b and the A side through hole 28b. The binding ring locking portion 50 of the second binding member 12b bites into the binding ring locking portion 50 of the first binding member 12a, and the binding ring locking portion 50 of the fourth binding member 14b is the third binding member 14a. The first binding ring by biting into the binding ring locking portion 50 of the first binding ring 2 and the second binding ring 14 is prevented from opening by disengagement.

この発明に係る綴具は、ファイル・バインダ等の用箋等を綴じる綴具として用いることができる。   The binding tool according to the present invention can be used as a binding tool for binding notes such as files and binders.

C 中心,中央
CO,310 表紙
S 被綴じ物
10,510,610 綴具
12,412,512,612 第1の綴じ環
14,414,513,613 第2の綴じ環
514,614 第3の綴じ環
515 第4の綴じ環
12a,412a,512a,612a 第1の綴じ部材
12b,412b,512b,612b 第2の綴じ部材
14a,414a,513a,613a 第3の綴じ部材
14b,414b,513b,613b 第4の綴じ部材
514a,614a 第5の綴じ部材
514b,614b 第6の綴じ部材
515a 第7の綴じ部材
515b 第8の綴じ部材
16,516,616 保持部材
18,518,618 作動部材
20,520,620 取付孔
22,522,622 被綴じ物載置部
22a 膨出部
24,524,624 保持壁
24a,524a,624a 第1の保持壁
24b,524b,624b 第2の保持壁
26,526,626 向こう側の貫通孔
28,527,627 手前側の貫通孔
26a,28a,526a,527a,528a,529a,626a,627a,628a B側貫通孔
26b,28b,526b,527b,528b,529b,626b,627b,628b A側貫通孔
26a1,26b1,28a1,28b1 向こう側の孔縁
26a2,26b2,28a2,28b2 手前側の孔縁
528,628 第3の貫通孔
529 第4の貫通孔
30,530,630 第1の作動片
30a,530a,630a 突き合わせ縁
30b,530b,630b 外側端縁
30c1,30c2,530c1,530c2,530c3,630c3,630c1,630c2 突出部
30d,730d,830d 第1の作動片の向こう側凹み部
30e,730e,830e 第1の作動片の手前側凹み部
30f,530f,630f 規制凹部
30g,530g,630g 規制凸部
30h,530h,630h 突条
32,532,632 第2の作動片
32a,532a,632a 突き合わせ縁
32b,532b,632b 外側端縁
32c1,32c2,532c1,532c2,532c3,632c1,632c2,632c3 突出部
32d,732d,832d 第2の作動片の向こう側凹み部
32e,732e,832e 第2の作動片の手前側凹み部
32f,532f,632f 規制凹部
32g,532g,632g 規制凸部
32h,532h,632h 突条
234a,234b,234c,234d,534a,534b,534c,534d,534e,534f,634a,634b,634c,634d,634e,634f ビード
234a1,234b1,234c1,234d1,534a1,534b1,534c1,534d1,634a1,634b1,634c1,634d1,634e1,634f1 第1直線部
234a2,234b2,234c2,234d2,534a2,534b2,534c2,534d2,634a2,634b2,634c2,634d2,634e2,634f2 第2直線部
234a3,234b3,234c3,234d3,534a3,534b3,534c3,534d3,634a3,634b3,634c3,634d3,634e3,634f3 斜線部
36a,36b, 凹み
36a 第1係合部
36a1,536a1,636a1 第1の作動片の向こう側第1係合部
36a2,536a2,636a2 第1の作動片の手前側第1係合部
36a3,536a3,636a3 第2の作動片の手前側第1係合部
36a4,536a4,636a4 第2の作動片の向こう側第1係合部
36b 第2係合部
36b1,536b1,636b1 第2の作動片の向こう側第2係合部
36b2,536b2,636b2 第2の作動片の手前側第2係合部
36b3,536b3,636b3 第1の作動片の手前側第2係合部
36b4,536b4,636b4 第1の作動片の向こう側第2係合部
38a,38b,538a1,538a2,538b1,538b2,638a1,638a2,638b1,638b2 開閉部材固定部
38a1,38b1 係止基部
38a2,38b2 係止外れ止め部
40,540,542,640,642 開閉部材
42a,540a,542a,640a,642a 開閉部材の一方の固定先端部
42b,540b,542b,640b,642b 開閉部材の他方の固定先端部
44 巻線部
46a,46b 規制腕部
50,150,550,650 綴じ環係止部
52a,54a,152a,154a,56a,58a 凸部
52b,54b,152b,154b,56b,58b 凹部
52c,54c,56c,58c 凸部の傾斜対向面
52d,54d,56d,58d 凹部の傾斜対向面
60,62,160,162,560,562,660,662 第1の保持部
64,66,164,166,564,566,664,666 第2の保持部
561,565,661,665 第3の保持部
68a,70a,72a,74a 切り込み
300 ファイル・バインダ
310 表紙
312 表表紙
314 裏表紙
316 背表紙
318A,318B 薄肉ヒンジ部
320 連設部
322 綴じ環固定手段
C center, center CO, 310 cover S to be bound 10, 510, 610 binding tool 12, 412, 512, 612 first binding ring 14, 414, 513, 613 second binding ring 514, 614 third binding Ring 515 Fourth binding ring 12a, 412a, 512a, 612a First binding member 12b, 412b, 512b, 612b Second binding member 14a, 414a, 513a, 613a Third binding member 14b, 414b, 513b, 613b 4th binding member 514a, 614a 5th binding member 514b, 614b 6th binding member 515a 7th binding member 515b 8th binding member 16,516,616 Holding member 18,518,618 Actuating member 20,520 , 620 Mounting hole 22, 522, 622 Binding object placement part 22 a bulging part 24, 524, 6 4 Holding Walls 24a, 524a, 624a First Holding Walls 24b, 524b, 624b Second Holding Walls 26, 526, 626 Through-holes 28, 527, 627 on the far side Through-holes 26a, 28a, 526a, 527a on the near side , 528a, 529a, 626a, 627a, 628a B side through hole 26b, 28b, 526b, 527b, 528b, 529b, 626b, 627b, 628b A side through hole 26a1, 26b1, 28a1, 28b1 Hole edge 26a2, 26b2 , 28a2, 28b2 Front edge 528, 628 Third through hole 529 Fourth through hole 30, 530, 630 First operating piece 30a, 530a, 630a Butt edge 30b, 530b, 630b Outer edge 30c1, 30c2, 530c1, 530c2, 530c3, 630c3, 63 c1,630c2 Protruding portion 30d, 730d, 830d Recessed portion on the other side of the first operating piece 30e, 730e, 830e Recessed portion on the near side of the first operating piece 30f, 530f, 630f Restricting recessed portion 30g, 530g, 630g Restricting protruding portion 30h, 530h, 630h Projection 32, 532, 632 Second working piece 32a, 532a, 632a Abutting edge 32b, 532b, 632b Outer edge 32c1, 32c2, 532c1, 532c2, 532c3, 632c1, 632c2, 632c3 Projection , 732d, 832d Recessed portion of second working piece 32e, 732e, 832e Recessed portion of front side of second working piece 32f, 532f, 632f Reducing recessed portion 32g, 532g, 632g Restricting convex portion 32h, 532h, 632h Projection Articles 234a, 234b, 234c , 234d, 534a, 534b, 534c, 534d, 534e, 534f, 634a, 634b, 634c, 634d, 634e, 634f Bead 234a1, 234b1, 234c1, 234d1, 534a1, 534b1, 534c, 634d1, 634d1, 634d1, 634d1, 634d1, 634d1, , 634 e 1, 634 f 1 1st straight line portion 234 a 2, 234 b 2, 234 c 2, 234 d 2, 534 a 2, 534 b 2, 534 c 2, 534 d 2, 634 a 2, 634 b 2, 634 c 2, 634 d 2, 634 e 2, 634 b 3 3 234 b 3 3 , 534c3, 534d3, 634a3, 634b3, 634c3, 634d3, 634e3, 634f3 hatched portion 36a, 36b, dent 36a first engaging portion 36a1, 536a1 636a1 First engaging portion beyond the first working piece 36a2, 536a2, 636a2 First working portion near the first working piece 36a3, 536a3, 636a3 First working portion near the second working piece 36a4, 536a4, 636a4 The first engaging portion on the other side of the second operating piece 36b The second engaging portion 36b1, 536b1, 636b1 The second engaging portion on the other side of the second operating piece 36b2, 536b2, 636b2 Second engagement portion 36b3, 536b3, 636b3 on the front side of the operating piece Second engagement portion 36b4, 536b4, 636b4 on the front side of the first operating piece 38a, 38b, 538 a 1, 538 a 2, 538 b 1, 538 b 2, 638 a 1, 638 a 2, 638 b 1, 638 b 2 opening / closing member fixing part 38 a 1, 38 b 1 locking base part 38 a 2, 38 b 2 locking release prevention part 40, 540 42, 640, 642 Opening / closing member 42a, 540a, 542a, 640a, 642a One fixed tip end of the opening / closing member 42b, 540b, 542b, 640b, 642b The other fixed tip end of the opening / closing member 44 Winding portion 46a, 46b Regulating arm Portions 50, 150, 550, 650 Binding ring locking portions 52a, 54a, 152a, 154a, 56a, 58a Convex portions 52b, 54b, 152b, 154b, 56b, 58b Concavities 52c, 54c, 56c, 58c Surface 52d, 54d, 56d, 58d Inclined opposing surface of recess 60, 62, 160, 162, 560, 562, 660, 662 First holding portion 64, 66, 164, 166, 564, 566, 664, 666 Second Holding parts 561, 565, 661, 665 Third holding parts 68a, 70a, 72a 74a cuts 300 File binder 310 Cover 312 front cover 314 back cover 316 back cover 318A, 318B thin hinge portion 320 communicating portion 322 binding ring fixing means

Claims (4)

開閉自在の一方の綴じ部材と他方の綴じ部材とを備えた綴じ環と、
前記複数の綴じ環を間隔をおいて設けることができる長さを備えた保持部材と、
表面側よりのびるように一方の綴じ部材と他方の綴じ部材とを別々に独立して固定された一対の作動片が、前記綴じ環を開閉するときに、保持部材内で、保持部材の長さ方向に移動自在に保持されるように形成された、作動部材と、
前記作動部材に固定された開閉部材とを備えた、綴具であって、
前記保持部材は、
一方の綴じ部材と他方の綴じ部材とを間隔をおいて遊貫するための、一方の貫通孔と他方の貫通孔とが、一方の綴じ部材と、他方の綴じ部材とに対応して、保持部材の幅方向において間隔をおいて穿設され、
前記綴じ環を綴じ環係止部において係止して閉じたときに、一方の貫通孔は、一方の綴じ部材の係止された綴じ環係止部が外れる方向に一方の綴じ部材が移動することを規制するように形成されるとともに、他方の貫通孔は、他方の綴じ部材の係止された綴じ環係止部が係止される方向に他方の綴じ部材が移動することを許容するように形成され、
前記作動部材は、
一方の作動片には綴じ環の一方の基部が固定され、他方の作動片には綴じ環の他方の基部が固定され、
一方の作動片と他方の作動片とが、前記綴じ環を閉じたときに、一方の綴じ部材の綴じ環係止部と他方の綴じ環係止部とが係止されるように、その突き合わせ縁が突き合わせた状態において、保持部材に固定され、
一方の作動片及び他方の作動片は、一方の作動片及び他方の作動片の長さ方向への移動を規制する移動規制部が形成され、
前記移動規制部は、一方の作動片の突き合わせ縁に形成された規制凹部及び規制凸部と、他方の作動片の突き合わせ縁に形成された規制凹部及び規制凸部とから形成され、
綴じ環を綴じ環係止部において閉じたとき、一方の作動片の規制凹部は、綴じ部材の係止された綴じ環係止部が外れる方向に他方の綴じ部材が移動することを許容するように、他方の作動片の規制凸部の移動を許容できる長さに形成された、綴具。
A binding ring provided with one binding member that can be freely opened and closed and the other binding member;
A holding member having a length capable of providing the plurality of binding rings at intervals;
The length of the holding member within the holding member when the pair of operating pieces, which are separately fixed to the one binding member and the other binding member so as to extend from the surface side, opens and closes the binding ring. An actuating member configured to be held movably in a direction;
A binding device comprising an opening and closing member fixed to the operating member,
The holding member is
One through-hole and the other through-hole for allowing one binding member and the other binding member to pass through at an interval are held corresponding to the one binding member and the other binding member. Drilled at intervals in the width direction of the member,
When the binding ring is locked and closed at the binding ring locking portion, the one binding member moves in the direction in which the binding ring locking portion locked by the one binding member is released. The other through-hole allows the other binding member to move in a direction in which the binding ring locking portion locked to the other binding member is locked. Formed into
The actuating member is
One base of the binding ring is fixed to one working piece, and the other base of the binding ring is fixed to the other working piece,
The one operating piece and the other operating piece are matched so that the binding ring locking portion of one binding member and the other binding ring locking portion are locked when the binding ring is closed. In the state where the edges are abutted, it is fixed to the holding member,
One working piece and the other working piece are formed with a movement restricting portion for restricting movement of the one working piece and the other working piece in the length direction,
The movement restricting portion is formed of a restricting recess and a restricting convex portion formed at the butting edge of one working piece, and a restricting recess and a restricting convex portion formed at the butting edge of the other actuating piece,
When the binding ring is closed at the binding ring locking portion, the restricting recess of the one operating piece allows the other binding member to move in the direction in which the binding ring locking portion locked by the binding member is released. And a binding tool formed to a length that allows the movement of the restricting convex portion of the other working piece.
一方の貫通孔の手前側縁と他方の貫通孔の手前側縁とは、保持部材の長さ方向における位置が変化づけられ、一方の貫通孔の手前側縁の方が他方の貫通孔の手前側縁より向こう側に位置づけられた、請求項1に記載の綴具。   The position of the front side edge of one through hole and the front side edge of the other through hole is changed in the length direction of the holding member, and the front side edge of one through hole is in front of the other through hole. The binding device according to claim 1, wherein the binding device is positioned beyond the side edge. 規制凹部は、突き合わせ縁より幅方向において凹んだ平面視コ字型の欠きであり、規制凸部は、前記規制凹部と遊嵌するように形成された平面視コ字型の凸起であり、規制凹部に規制凸部が遊嵌されて、規制凹部内において一方の作動片と他方の作動片とがその長さ方向に互い違いに移動するように形成されている、請求項1又は請求項2に記載の綴具。   The restriction recess is a planar U-shaped notch that is recessed in the width direction from the butt edge, and the restriction projection is a U-shaped projection in plan view formed so as to loosely fit with the restriction recess. The regulation convex part is loosely fitted in the regulation concave part, and one working piece and the other working piece are formed to move alternately in the length direction in the regulating concave part. The binding tool described in 1. 綴じ環が閉じられているときに、綴じ環をねじられて綴じ環が開かれるときには、一方の綴じ部材が綴じ環係止部の係合を外す側である手前側に移動するともに他方の綴じ部材が綴じ環係止部の係合を外す側である向こう側に移動するために、一方の綴じ部材を貫挿された一方の貫通孔は、一方の綴じ部材の移動を許容するように形成され、他方の綴じ部材を貫挿された他方の貫通孔は、他方の綴じ部材の移動を許容するように形成され、且つ、移動規制部は、一方の綴じ部材の移動を許容するように形成され、他方の綴じ部材の移動を許容するように形成されるとともに、
綴じ環に被綴じ物による一方の綴じ部材の綴じ環係止部の係合を外す方向にのみ過負荷がかかったときには、一方の綴じ部材を貫挿された一方の貫通孔は、一方の綴じ部材の綴じ環係止部の係合を外す側に移動した一方の綴じ部材の移動を停止するように形成され、他方の綴じ部材を貫挿された他方の貫通孔は、他方の綴じ部材が停止した一方の綴じ部材に向けて更に移動することを許容するように形成され、且つ、移動規制部は、一方の綴じ部材の綴じ環係止部の係合を外す側に移動した一方の綴じ部材に向けて、他方の綴じ部材が更に移動することを許容するように形成されている、請求項1ないし請求項3のいずれかに記載の綴具。
When the binding ring is twisted and the binding ring is opened when the binding ring is closed, one binding member moves to the near side, which is the side from which the binding ring locking portion is disengaged, and the other binding. In order for the member to move to the other side, which is the side from which the engagement of the binding ring locking portion is disengaged, one through hole through which one binding member is inserted is formed to allow movement of one binding member. The other through-hole inserted through the other binding member is formed to allow movement of the other binding member, and the movement restricting portion is formed to allow movement of one binding member. And is formed to allow movement of the other binding member,
When an overload is applied only in the direction in which the binding ring engaging portion of one binding member is disengaged from the binding ring to the binding ring, the one through hole inserted through the one binding member The other binding member is formed so as to stop the movement of one binding member that has moved to the side of disengaging the binding ring locking portion of the member, and the other binding member is inserted into the other through-hole. One binding that is formed to allow further movement toward the one binding member that is stopped, and the movement restricting portion is moved to the side where the engagement of the binding ring locking portion of one binding member is disengaged. The binding device according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the binding device is configured to allow the other binding member to further move toward the member.
JP2009015742A 2009-01-27 2009-01-27 Binding tool Active JP5022388B2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2009015742A JP5022388B2 (en) 2009-01-27 2009-01-27 Binding tool

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2009015742A JP5022388B2 (en) 2009-01-27 2009-01-27 Binding tool

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
JP2010173104A true JP2010173104A (en) 2010-08-12
JP5022388B2 JP5022388B2 (en) 2012-09-12

Family

ID=42704527

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2009015742A Active JP5022388B2 (en) 2009-01-27 2009-01-27 Binding tool

Country Status (1)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5022388B2 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004028828A1 (en) * 2002-09-27 2004-04-08 Lihit Lab., Inc. Binding tool
JP2005246940A (en) * 2004-03-08 2005-09-15 Lihit Lab Inc Binding implement
JP2006159913A (en) * 2004-12-08 2006-06-22 Lihit Lab Inc File binder
JP2008080787A (en) * 2006-09-28 2008-04-10 World Wide Stationery Manufacturing Co Ltd Ring binder mechanism with sliding hinge plate
JP2008279751A (en) * 2007-05-08 2008-11-20 World Wide Stationery Manufacturing Co Ltd Ring binder mechanism having sliding type hinge plate

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004028828A1 (en) * 2002-09-27 2004-04-08 Lihit Lab., Inc. Binding tool
JP2005246940A (en) * 2004-03-08 2005-09-15 Lihit Lab Inc Binding implement
JP2006159913A (en) * 2004-12-08 2006-06-22 Lihit Lab Inc File binder
JP2008080787A (en) * 2006-09-28 2008-04-10 World Wide Stationery Manufacturing Co Ltd Ring binder mechanism with sliding hinge plate
JP2008279751A (en) * 2007-05-08 2008-11-20 World Wide Stationery Manufacturing Co Ltd Ring binder mechanism having sliding type hinge plate

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP5022388B2 (en) 2012-09-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP4898841B2 (en) Binding tool
JP4283771B2 (en) Binding tool
JP5112345B2 (en) Displacement body of binding tool
JPWO2010047184A1 (en) Binding tool
US7637682B2 (en) Ring binder
CA2492755A1 (en) Ring binder mechanism
JP4624250B2 (en) File binder
JP2008279751A (en) Ring binder mechanism having sliding type hinge plate
DE10349614A1 (en) stapler
JP5022388B2 (en) Binding tool
JP5925380B2 (en) Binding tool
JP4759045B2 (en) Binding tool
JP6027561B2 (en) Binding tool
JP4846007B2 (en) Binding tool
JP4133441B2 (en) Binding tool
JP5022320B2 (en) Binding tool
JP4436159B2 (en) Binding tool
JP5022411B2 (en) Binding tool
JPWO2006062139A1 (en) Binding tool
CN101277824A (en) Binding part
JP2009234138A (en) File and binder
JP4624249B2 (en) Binding tool
JP5425155B2 (en) Notebook
CN1202965C (en) Filling appliance
JP4695094B2 (en) Binding tool

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
A977 Report on retrieval

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A971007

Effective date: 20120117

A131 Notification of reasons for refusal

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A131

Effective date: 20120124

A521 Request for written amendment filed

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523

Effective date: 20120321

TRDD Decision of grant or rejection written
A01 Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01

Effective date: 20120605

A01 Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01

A61 First payment of annual fees (during grant procedure)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A61

Effective date: 20120615

R150 Certificate of patent or registration of utility model

Ref document number: 5022388

Country of ref document: JP

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150

FPAY Renewal fee payment (event date is renewal date of database)

Free format text: PAYMENT UNTIL: 20150622

Year of fee payment: 3

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250